You are on page 1of 268

REVISION 0

JAN. 2000 QY8-1366-000


COPYRIGHT  2000 CANON INC. CANON BJ-W3000/3050 0100 GR 0.40-0 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)
0000 GR 0.40-0
Target Readers
This manual is published by Canon Inc. for qualified persons and contains the necessary technical
information for technical theory, installation, maintenance, and repair of products. This manual covers
all localities where the products are sold. For this reason, it may contain information that does not
apply to your locality.

Revisions
This manual may include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors due to improvements or
changes in the products. When amendments are made to the content of this manual, Canon will issue
technical information as the need arises. In the event of major alterations to the content of this manual
over a long or short period, Canon will publish a revised version of the manual.

The following paragraphs do not apply to any countries where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law.

Trademarks
The product names and company names appearing in this manual are the registered trademarks or
trademarks of the individual companies.

Copyright
This manual is copyrighted and all rights reserved. Under the copyright laws, this manual may not be
copied, reproduced, or translated into other languages, in whole or in part, without the express written
consent of Canon Inc. except in the case of internal business use.

Copyright  2000 by Canon Inc.


CANON INC.
Quality Engineering Center
30-2 Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan

This manual was produced on an Apple® Power Macintosh® G3 personal computer and Canon LASER
SHOT LBP-730PS laser beam printer; final pages were printed on Varityper® 4300J.
All logos graphics were produced with Adobe® Illustrator® 5.0J / 5.5J / 8.0J and MACROMEDIA
FREEHAND 7.0J.
All documents and all page layouts were created with Adobe® Page Maker® 6.5J and QuarkXPress 3.3J.
PREFACE

This Service Manual describes fundamental field service for the BJ-W3000/BJ-W3050 large
format printer.

This Manual is composed of the following chapters:


Chapter 1 General Description: Features, specifications and operating procedures
Chapter 2 Basic Operation: Operation of mechanical and electric functions
Chapter 3 Mechanical System: Mechanical setup and assembling/disassembling procedure
Chapter 4 Maintenance and Servicing: Periodic parts replacement, Standard service life of
consumables, Periodical services, points of maintenance and inspections
Chapter 5 Troubleshooting: Service mode, adjusting and settings, operation trouble
correction, image trouble correction
Chapter 6 Circuite diagrams
Appendix Menu guide

iii
PREFACE

Descriptions in this manual are based on the following conventions.


1. In the Basic Operation section, the roles of each function, relationships between electrical
and mechanical systems, and the timing for each part are summarized.
The mark indicates mechanical drive transmission. The mark
accompanying a signal name indicates the flow of electrical signals.
Flow charts are also used in the summary of operation.
The symbols used in the flow charts are as follows:

Start/completion Operation Decision Remedy Jump Stop

2. In the descriptions of digital circuits, "1" or "H" indicates a high voltage level, and "0" or
"L", a low voltage level. However, the actual voltage values vary depending on the circuit.
3. It is assumed that the Printed circuit board (PCB) will not be repaired by the user. There-
fore, the descriptions of the circuits on the PCB are limited to block diagrams.
4. Troubleshooting is described using procedural tables.
The procedural table is a variation of a general flow chart.
An example is shown below.
e.g. No power is supplied.
Cause Step Check item Result Remedy

Unplugged power 1 Is the power cord properly con- NO Connect the power code to the
source nected to the receptacle on the machine and outlet.
machine and the outlet?

Power source failure 2 Is the specified voltage applied to NO Explain to the customer that the
the outlet? trouble is not attributable to the
machine.

Blown fuse 3 Is the fuse on the DC power PCB YES Remove the cause of the blown
(F1) blown? fuse and replace the DC power
PCB.

• If you want to know the possible causes of any specific problem (suspected parts), refer to
the "Cause" column in the table.
In the event "No power is supplied" as shown in the above table, an unplugged power
source, power source failure, blown fuse, and other causes can be considered.

ii
iii
PREFACE

• In order to remedy a problem, check the Steps in order. Answer the first "Check item"
question. If your answer matches that given in the "Result", follow the corresponding proce-
dure in the "Remedy" column. If your answer is not the same, go on to the next step and
repeat the same procedure.
<Step> <Check item> <Result> <Remedy>

Is the
power cord properly
NO Connect in the power code
1 connected to the receptacle
on the machine to the machine and outlet.
and outlet?

YES

Is the specified NO Explain to the customer that


2 voltage applied to the outlet? the trouble is not attributable
to the machine.

YES

Is the fuse YES Remove the cause of the


3 on the DC power PCB (F1) blown fuse and replace the
blown? DC power PCB.

NO

• When checking voltages using a tester is required, it will be specified in the check item.
For instance; "measure the voltage between J102-1 (+) and JI02-2 (-) on the engine control-
ler PCB". In this case, apply the plus and minus leads of the tester to the (+) and (-) termi-
nals indicated after the connector numbers:
e.g. JI02-1 (+): Plus lead
JI02-2 (-): Minus lead
5. The signal address of the circuit diagram is shown by applicable pages of each controller
(indicated at the upper right of the circuit diagram) and its location.

CAUTION
When checking voltages with a tester, touching the components or connector terminals on
the PCB with the hands may cause an electric shock. It is advisable to wear rubber gloves
or the like when power is supplied to the machine to protect yourself from electric shock.

iii
iv
PREFACE

CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31


1. Type ............................................................. 1-1 IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32
2. Exterior ........................................................ 1-1 A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32
3. Mechanism .................................................. 1-2 B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
4. Media ........................................................... 1-4 V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36
5. Others .......................................................... 1-6 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36
II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36
A. External View ............................................... 1-7 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38
C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38
D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 1. Cautions on handling the BJ print
E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 head ..................................................... 1-38
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 2. Cautions on handling ink tanks ............ 1-38
A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39
B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39
C. User Mode Menu .......................................... 13 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
1. Menu guide ............................................. 13 VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40
2. Menu and parameter setup .................. 1-14 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40
3. Details of user mode menus ................ 1-14 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
4. Using the setup list ............................... 1-25 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41
5. Dump mode .......................................... 1-27 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42
6. Image layout ......................................... 1-27 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29

CHAPTER 2 BASIC OPERATION

I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 1. Outline .................................................. 2-24


A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 2. Operation ............................................. 2-24
B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 3. Detection of front cover open/closed ... 2-25
1. Parallel interface ..................................... 2-2 C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26
2. Serial interface ........................................ 2-6 1. Outline .................................................. 2-26
C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 2. Structure ............................................... 2-26
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 3. Output signal ........................................ 2-26
E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 4. Control .................................................. 2-27
1. Engine controller input/output (1/3) ...... 2-12 D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28
2. Engine controller input/output (2/3) ...... 2-13 1. Outline .................................................. 2-28
3. Engine controller input/output (3/3) ...... 2-14 2. Paper width detection ........................... 2-28
F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 3. Skew detection ..................................... 2-29
1. When the power switch is turned ON ... 2-15 4. Light compensation .............................. 2-31
2. When media is loaded .......................... 2-17 5. Auto band adjustment .......................... 2-31
3. Printing ................................................. 2-18 6. Automatic print position adjustment ..... 2-32
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 1. Outline .................................................. 2-34
B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 2. Method of detecting the ink tank .......... 2-34

iv
v
PREFACE

F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 3. Maintenance jet .................................... 2-53


1. Outline .................................................. 2-35 4. Suction ................................................. 2-54
2. Method of detecting remaining ink ....... 2-36 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56
G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 1. Waste ink absorber unit ....................... 2-56
1. Outline .................................................. 2-38 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57
2. Cutting operation .................................. 2-38 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58
A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39 1. Outline .................................................. 2-58
1. Overview .............................................. 2-39 2. Operation ............................................. 2-58
2. Structure ............................................... 2-39 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60
3. BJ print head ........................................ 2-41 1. Outline .................................................. 2-60
4. Nozzle arrangement ............................. 2-42 2. Loading paper ...................................... 2-60
B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43 3. Paper feeding during printing ............... 2-61
1. Construction of electric head unit ......... 2-43 4. Feeding operation ................................ 2-62
2. Print signal ........................................... 2-45 5. PE sensor ............................................. 2-62
IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46 VI. FAN .................................................................. 2-63
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65
1. Outline .................................................. 2-51 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66
2. Operation ............................................. 2-51 1. AC power supply .................................. 2-66
C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52 2. DC power supply .................................. 2-66
1. Outline .................................................. 2-52 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
2. Wiping .................................................. 2-52

CHAPTER 3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM


DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 5. Replacing the flexible cable ................. 3-18
1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of 1. Removing the purge unit ...................... 3-21
main parts .................................................... 3-3 2. Removing the waste ink absorber
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY unit ....................................................... 3-23
AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24
I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 1. Removing the pinch roller unit .............. 3-24
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7 2. Removing the platen ............................ 3-25
1. Removing the right cover ....................... 3-7 3. Installing the platen .............................. 3-26
2. Removing the upper cover and 4. Removing the paper feed roller ............ 3-27
front cover .............................................. 3-7 5. Removing the PE sensor ..................... 3-27
3. Removing the lower cover ...................... 3-8 V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28
4. Removing the front cover switch ............ 3-9 1. Removing the carriage motor ............... 3-28
B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9 2. Removing the paper feed motor .......... 3-29
1. Removing the operation panel ............... 3-9 3. Installing the paper feed motor ............ 3-30
C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10 4. Fastening the paper feed roller set
1. Removing the cooling fan ..................... 3-10 screws .................................................. 3-30
2. Removing the suction fan ..................... 3-12 VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13 1. Removing the image controller ............ 3-32
1. Removing the carriage unit .................. 3-13 2. Removing the engine controller ........... 3-33
2. Removing the carriage belt .................. 3-15 3. Removing the PCB box ........................ 3-34
3. Installing the carriage belt .................... 3-16 4. Removing the power switch ................. 3-35
4. Removing the linear scale .................... 3-17 5. Removing the DC power supply ........... 3-35

v
vi
PREFACE

CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING


I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2
II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1

CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING

I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-26
A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-27
B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication
1. How to enter the service mode .............. 5-1 system) ................................................. 5-27
2. Stopping the service mode .................... 5-1 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 system) ................................................. 5-27
D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 14. 060xx (Internal data processing
1. Control display mode ............................. 5-3 system) ................................................. 5-28
2. Adjusting mode ...................................... 5-5 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-29
3. Operation/inspection mode .................... 5-6 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-29
4. Counter mode ........................................ 5-7 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-29
5. Initialization mode .................................. 5-8 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ............ 5-30
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-30
A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-30
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image
C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 controller) ............................................. 5-31
1. Automatic printing position adjustment 22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine
and automatic band adjustment controller) ............................................. 5-31
(User-settable) ..................................... 5-11 23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-31
2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32
use in service mode) ............................ 5-11 1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-32
3. Replacing the image controller and 2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-33
engine controller ................................... 5-11 3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-34
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation 4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-34
value adjustment .................................. 5-13 5. 007xx (Purge unit) ................................ 5-35
5. Changing the parallel interface 6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-36
communication mode ........................... 5-15 7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-36
6. Image controller/engine controller 8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-37
upgrade procedure ............................... 5-16 9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-37
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 10. 021xx (User-adjusted system) ............. 5-37
A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 11. 051xx (Image controller) ...................... 5-37
B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18 12. 052xx (Serial interface communication
1. 001xx (Media/feeding system) ............. 5-20 system) ................................................. 5-38
2. 003xx (Drive system) ........................... 5-22 13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication
3. 004xx (BJ Print head system) .............. 5-23 system) ................................................. 5-38
4. 005xx (Ink tank system) ....................... 5-24 14. 060xx (Internal data processing
5. 007xx (Purge system) .......................... 5-24 system) ................................................. 5-38
6. 008xx (Cutter system) .......................... 5-25 15. 061xx (GL command system) .............. 5-39
7. 011xx (Engine controller) ..................... 5-25 16. 062xx (GL2 command system) ............ 5-39
8. 012xx (Internal communication system) .... 5-26 17. 063xx (RTL command system) ............ 5-39
9. 015xx (Power supply related) ............... 5-26 18. 064xx (ESC command system) ........... 5-39

vi
vii
PREFACE

19. 065xx (PJL command system) ............. 5-39 1. Non-ejection of ink ............................... 5-44
20. 067xx (TIFF command system) ........... 5-39 2. Vertical misalignment 1 ........................ 5-45
21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image 3. Vertical misalignment 2 ........................ 5-46
controller) ............................................. 5-39 4. Low resolution ...................................... 5-47
22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine 5. Dislocation of dots of different colors ... 5-47
controller) ............................................. 5-39 6. Dot misalignment ................................. 5-48
23. 099xx (Others) ..................................... 5-39 7. Lines (Carriage direction) ..................... 5-49
24. No power ............................................ 5-40 8. White lines (Paper feed direction) ....... 5-50
25. Nothing is indicated on the operation 9. Bleeding ............................................... 5-51
panel .................................................... 5-41 10. Dimensional accuracy problems .......... 5-51
26. Opening and closing of front cover is 11. Blotting boundary between filled
not detected ......................................... 5-41 images .................................................. 5-52
27. Wiper solenoid does not working ......... 5-41 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
28. Media is not fed .................................... 5-42 FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53
29. Suction fan does not rotate .................. 5-42 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53
V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54
A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55
1. Installation environment ....................... 5-43 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56
2. Media check ......................................... 5-43 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44

CHAPTER 6 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33


B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42

APPENDIX
MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1

vii
viii
PREFACE

ix
CHAPTER 1

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

I. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................ 1-1 V. SIMM REPLACEMENT ................................... 1-36


II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS ............................. 1-7 A. About SIMM ............................................... 1-36
A. External View ............................................... 1-7 B. SIMM Installation ....................................... 1-36
B. Carriage ....................................................... 1-8 C. SIMM Removal .......................................... 1-37
C. Cable Connections ...................................... 1-8 VI. CAUTIONS ON HANDLING ............................ 1-38
D. Rear Side of Main Unit ................................. 1-9 A. Cartridges .................................................. 1-38
E. Printing Direction .......................................... 1-9 B. Paper Storage Environment ...................... 1-39
III. OPERATION ................................................... 1-10 C. Paper ......................................................... 1-39
A. Operation Panel ......................................... 1-10 D. After Printing .............................................. 1-39
B. Printer States ............................................. 1-11 VII. USER MAINTENANCE ................................... 1-40
C. User Mode Menu ....................................... 1-13 A. Head Cleaning ........................................... 1-40
D. Basic Operation ......................................... 1-29 B. Normal Cleaning ......................................... 1-40
E. Paper Thickness Adjustment Lever ........... 1-31 VIII. INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT ................. 1-41
IV. CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT ....................... 1-32 IX. PACKAGE CONFIGURATION ....................... 1-42
A. Replacing the BJ Print head ....................... 1-32 X. TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER ................... 1-43
B. Replacing the Ink Tank ............................... 1-34
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

I. SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type
Type: Bubble jet printer
Purge system: Suction with tube pump
Paper feeding method: Cut sheet media; Manually set to the front.
Roll media; Automatic feeding (When manually set to the rear.)
Sheet feeder capacity: Cut sheet media; 1 sheet
Roll media; 1 unit (Outside dia.: 100mm or less, Media tube bore:
50.8mm (2"))
Media delivery system: Face-up delivery in front
Max. delivery sheets: 5 sheets (Plain paper)
Fixing method: Natural drying
Cutter: Automatic cutter (replaceable)

2. Exterior
A0-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only); 1462 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand); 1462 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (Main unit only); Approx. 31 kg
Weight (including stand); Approx. 46 kg

A1-size model:
External dimensions (main unit only); 1182 x 388 x 345 mm
External dimensions (including stand); 1182 x 700 x 1204 mm
Weight (main unit only); Approx. 26 kg
Weight (including stand); Approx. 40 kg

1–1
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

3. Mechanism
Print mode/Resolution
(No.) Mode Pass *1 Resolution Drive frequency Dot size *3
(1) Monochrome draft 1 pass/Bi 180dpi x 360dpi 14.4kHz M
(2) Monochrome normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(3) Monochrome enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(4) Monochrome high enhanced 4 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz L
(5) Monochrome high resolution 4 pass/Uni 720dpi x 720dpi*2 7.2kHz S
(6) Color draft 1 pass/Bi 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:M/Color:S
(7) Color normal 1 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
(8) Color enhanced 2 pass/Uni 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
(9) Color high enhanced 4 pass/Unil 360dpi x 360dpi 7.2kHz Bk:L/Color:S
* 1: Bi=bi-directional, Uni=uni-directional
* 2: Equivalent
* 3: S=small dot, M=middle dot, L=large dot
Table 1-101
Print modes according to media type <Corresponds to the Nos. of table 1-101.>

Media type Monochrome Color


Draft Normal Enhanced High resolution Draft Normal Enhanced
Plain paper (1) (2) (3) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Coated paper (1) (2) (3) (5) (7) (8) (9)
Tracing paper (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)
Matte film (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9)

Table 1-102

Maximum printing speed (Plain paper mode)


Print mode A0 size A1 size
Monochrome Draft mode Approx. 2 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 1 minute 30 seconds
mode Enhanced mode Approx. 13 minutes Approx. 7 minutes
High Resolution mode Approx. 25 minutes Approx. 13 minutes 15 seconds
Color mode Draft mode Approx. 5 minutes 15 seconds Approx. 3 minutes
Enhanced mode Approx. 15 minutes Approx. 8 minutes 30 seconds
Table 1-103

1–2
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Cartridge construction Head/Ink tank separation type


1 row of 160 nozzles (144 nozzles used) x 4 colors
Ink type Black: Pigment, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: dye
Ink tank capacity Black: Approx. 23g,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow: Approx. 20g
BJ print head service life A0 size: Approx. 400 sheets, A1 size: Approx. 500
sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass uni-
directional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Ink consumption A0 size: Bk; 25 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 40 sheets
A1 size: Bk; 50 sheets,
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow; 80 sheets
(continuous printing on plain paper, 1-pass uni-
directional, at 20% duty (5% for each color))
Interface Parallel interface
Complies with IEEE1284 (Compatible mode/Nibble
mode)
Connector complying with IEEE1284-B Receptacle
Serial interface
Complies with RS-232C (DCE)
D-Sub 9-pin female connector
Emulation Complies with HP-GL, HP-GL/2, and HP-RTL
Kanji font Kanji JIS first and second standard
Memory Standard: 8MB (can be increased to 72 MB: 72-pin
60ns FPM type SIMMs)
EDO memory can be used in FPM mode.
Cutter Automatic cutter (replaceable)
Waste-ink tank Provided
Maintenance jet Provided
Capping system Provided
Paper thickness adjustment Provided
Automatic printing position adjustment Provided
Self diagnostics Provided
Skewed feed detection Provided
Head detection Provided
Head insertion error detection Not provided

1–3
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Ink tank detection Provided


Remaining ink detection Provided
Waste-ink full detection Provided
Media out detection Provided
Remaining roll media detection Not provided
Roll media end detection Provided
Media size detection
Cut sheet media: Automatic vertical/horizontal
detection
Roll media: Vertical; size or data designated
Horizontal; automatic detection
Carriage position detection Provided
Machine internal temperature detection Provided

4. Media
Media types Plain paper, coated paper, tracing paper, and matte
film (75 ~ 100µm)
Paper thickness 75 ~ 165µm (excluding matte film) / 64 ~ 128g/m 2
Maximum paper width A0 model: 914mm
A1 model: 634mm
Minimum paper width/length Width; 250mm Length; 150mm
Maximum printing length Cut sheet media: 1250mm
Roll media* : Windows95/98 driver; 4.6m
WindowsNT4.0 driver; 4.6m
ADI driver; 13m
HDI driver; 18m
* : Printing length of roll media varies depending on the type of application, operating system, or driver used.

Printing margin Cut sheet media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm


Trailing edge; 20mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Roll media: Leading edge; 5mm/15mm
Trailing edge; 5mm
Right/left edge; 5mm
Maximum printing area Excludes printing margins

1–4
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Printable papers

Paper standard mm inch A1 model A0 model


ISO A Vertical Horizontal Vertical Horizontal
A0 841.0 × 1189.0 33.1 × 46.8 NG NG OK NG
A1 594.0 × 841.0 23.4 × 33.1 OK NG OK OK
A2 420.0 × 594.0 16.5 × 23.4 OK OK OK OK
A3 297.0 × 420.0 11.7 × 16.5 OK OK OK OK
A4 210.0 × 297.0 8.3 × 11.7 NG OK NG OK
JIS B
B1 728.0 × 1030.0 28.7 × 40.6 NG NG OK NG
B2 515.0 × 728.0 20.3 × 28.7 OK NG OK OK
B3 364.0 × 515.0 14.3 × 20.3 OK OK OK OK
B4 257.0 × 364.0 10.1 × 14.3 OK OK OK OK
ISO B
B1 707.0 × 1000.0 27.8 × 39.4 NG NG OK NG
B2 500.0 × 707.0 19.7 × 27.8 OK NG OK OK
B3 353.0 × 500.0 13.9 × 19.7 OK OK OK OK
B4 250.0 × 353.0 9.8 × 13.9 OK OK OK OK
ANSI
E 863.6 × 1117.6 34.0 × 44.0 NG NG OK NG
D 558.8 × 863.6 22.0 × 34.0 OK NG OK OK
C 431.8 × 558.8 17.0 × 22.0 OK OK OK OK
B 279.4 × 431.8 11.0 × 17.0 OK OK OK OK
A 215.9 × 279.4 8.5 × 11.0 NG OK NG OK
ANSI ARCH
6 914.4 × 1219.2 36.0 × 48.0 NG NG OK NG
5 762.0 × 1066.8 30.0 × 42.0 NG NG OK NG
4 609.6 × 914.4 24.0 × 36.0 OK NG OK OK
3 457.2 × 609.6 18.0 × 24.0 OK OK OK OK
2 304.8 × 457.2 12.0 × 18.0 OK OK OK OK
1 228.6 × 304.8 9.0 × 12.0 NG OK NG OK
ISO Over
A0 910.0 × 1245.0 35.8 × 49.0 NG NG OK NG
A1 627.0 × 900.0 24.7 × 35.4 OK NG OK OK
A1L 627.0 × 1250.0 24.7 × 49.2 OK NG OK NG
A2 460.0 × 645.0 18.1 × 25.4 OK NG OK OK
A3 340.0 × 465.0 13.4 × 18.3 OK OK OK OK
EURO DIN
A0 881.0 × 1229.0 34.7 × 48.4 NG NG OK NG
A1 634.0 × 881.0 25.0 × 34.7 OK NG OK OK
A2 460.0 × 634.0 18.1 × 25.0 OK OK OK OK
A3 337.0 × 460.0 13.3 × 18.1 OK OK OK OK
A4 250.0 × 337.0 9.8 × 13.3 OK OK OK OK
KOREAN
m 540.0 × 790.0 21.3 × 31.1 OK NG OK OK
s 390.0 × 540.0 15.4 × 21.3 OK OK OK OK

1–5
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

5. Others
Power source AC: 100 ~ 240 V (-15%, +10%)
Frequency 50/60Hz
Power consumption Max.: 120W or less
At stand-by: 22W or less
Noise Sound pressure level (Complies with ISO 9296.)
When operating: Approx. 52dB (A) or less
At stand-by: Approx. 20dB (A) or less
Operating environment Temperature: 5 ~ 35°C
(Printing quality assured: 15 ~ 30°C)
Humidity: 10 ~ 90%RH
(Printing quality assured: 20 ~ 80%RH)
Atmospheric pressure: 1013 ~ 709hPa
Storage environment* Temperature: 0 ~ 35°C
Humidity: 5 ~ 95% (RH)

* : Should be free from condensation and rapid temperature variations.

1–6
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

II. NAMES OF COMPONENTS


A. External View

[1] [2]

[3]

[8]

[7]

[6]

[5]

[4]

[1] Front cover [5] Wiper (Cleaner blade)


[2] Carriage [6] Cutter unit
[3] Operation panel [7] Platen
[4] Paper release lever [8] Pinch roller

Figure 1-201

1–7
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Carriage

[1] [2]

[6] [3]
[5]
[4]

[1] Ink tank [4] BJ Cartridge


[2] BJ print head release hook [5] Ink tank release hook
[3] Paper thickness adjustment lever [6] Cutter unit

Figure 1-202

C. Cable Connections
[1]
[2]

[5]

[4]

[3]
[1] Parallel interface connector [4] Earth wire terminal
[2] Serial interface connector [5] Power switch
[3] AC inlet
Figure 1-203

1–8
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

D. Rear Side of Main Unit

[6]

[2]
[1]
[3]
[5] [4]

[1] Roll media stopper [4] Parallel interface connector


[2] Spindle [5] AC inlet
[3] Serial interface connector [6] Power switch

Figure 1-204

E. Printing Direction

Car
ri
forw age
Paper feed ard
dire
backward direction ction

Car
ri
bac age
kwa
rd d
i rect
ion

Paper feed
forward direction

Figure 1-205

1–9
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

III. OPERATION
A. Operation Panel

[1] [2] [3]

DATA POWER

ENTER ONLINE

[7] [6] [5] [4]

Figure 1-301

No. Name Function


[1] Data reception lamp Green when receiving data. Blinks if data is transmitted
when the printer cannot receive it.
[2] Message display Menus, parameters, error messages and other conditions
are displayed. Divided into upper and lower sections.
[3] Power lamp Green when power switch is turned on. Orange in the
sleep state. Blinks orange if an error occurs.
[4] Online key Switches between the online, offline and menu states.
[5] Enter key Enters selected menu item.
[6] Right/left arrow keys Used when selecting parameters. Also used to move the
carriage on the platen.
[7] Up/down arrow keys Used when selecting menus. Can move the paper back
and forth when offline.

Table 1-301

1–10
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Printer States
Printer states and key operation are shown below.

Data received

Printing Online

After printing
on roll media
Af
te

Media setup
r
*1
pr
int
*3
ing
Menu setup screen Sleep Menu setup screen
on
cu
t
sh
e et *2
m
ed
Pause ia Offline

(Black arrows) : Change of printer states when the Online key is pressed.
*1. Some menus cannot be setup during printing.
*2. When no media is loaded, the machine cannot be returned to the “Online” state by pressing the Online key.
It returns to “Offline”.
*3. Pressing any key on the control panel, opening the front cover, or receiving data in "Sleep" state will wake the printer up.

Figure 1-302

1–11
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

State Printer state


Online ¥ This machine can receive, analyze and print data. When printing is
started, "Printing" appears on the message display.
¥ While online, only the online key is functional. To use the other keys,
this machine should be offline or in the menu state.
¥ If no data is received for 5 minutes in this state, the printer enters the
sleep state.
Offline ¥ If data is transmitted from the host in the offline state, the printer will
ignore it.
¥ The roll media can be fed and the carriage can be moved.
¥ If no data is received for 20 minutes, the printer enters the sleep state.
Pause ¥ Printing is paused. As long as, there is sufficient space in the buffer
memory, data is received and analyzed continuously. When the reception
buffer becomes almost full in the pause state, the mode is shifted to
receive data at 1 byte/sec.
¥ By pressing the online key in the pause state, the printer will enter the
menu state.
Menu ¥ Menus and parameters can be set up. The menu items available when
paused are more limited than those available when in offline state.
Printing ¥ The printer is printing.
¥ The operation panel keys cannot be used in the printing state. To use
the keys, the printer should be in the pause or menu state.
Sleep ¥ All lamps and the display (other than the power lamp) are off.
¥ When paper is loaded and data is transmitted from the host, the printer
automatically enters the online state and starts printing.

Table 1-302

1–12
C. User Mode Menu
1. Menu guide
The following diagram shows the menu hierarchy of this printer.

Normal menu A B C
Printing Menu : Indicates the menu
(Select the item using the up and down arrow keys.)
Main menu Emulation Line Type Interface Setup Main Menu (The shaded items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)
Auto Sense *1: Can be set as a printer driver property, This fares priority
RS-232C
Print Operation HP-GL Line Intersect Print Operation over the operation panel setting when printing using the driver.
Abort Print HP-GL/2+RTL Baud Rate *2: Can be set as a printer driver property, but both this setting
Overlay Abort Print
Buffer Clear HP RTL and that of the operation panel will affect the printing.
Merge 2400bps Buffer Clear
Replot TIFF
Force Print Line Shading 38400bps Head Cleaning xxx : Indicates set value.
Pen Setup xxx Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.
Head Cleaning On All
Data Bit-Parity xxx Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.
Off Black
All 7none (Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
Select Table New Tank
Black 7even mode.)
Software Print Layout
New Tank 7odd Force Cutting
Pen Table 1
Force Cutting 8none
Pen Table 2 Auto Layout Yes
8even
Pen Table 3 Off No
Yes 8odd
No Nesting
Modify Table Handshake Auto Cut
Media Save
Adjustment
Best Hardware Cut Type
Pen Table 1 Xon/Xoff
Auto Adjust Scale *2 Cut
Auto Band-Adj. EOP Timer Cut Line
Pen 100%
10 seconds No Cut
0
Print Mode 999% 30 seconds
1 minute Drying Time
15 1%
Print Quality *1 2 minutes Off
Width 99% 5 minutes Auto
Normal
1 Auto 10 minutes 30 seconds
Enhanced
2 30 minutes 1 minute
Hi-Resolution Rotation
3 60 minutes
Draft
4 0° 60 minutes
Color/Mono 5 90°
System Setup Interface Setup
Color 7 180°
Mono 9 270°
Auto Language ( )
EOP Timer
Media setup 31 *2 English(mm)
Y-Mirror 10 seconds
Color English(inch)
Roll/Cut Sheet *1 Off 30 seconds
0 On 1 minute
Roll Media Francais
2 minutes
Cut Sheet Deutsch
255 Layout Size 5 minutes
Italiano
Media Type *1 Espanol 10 minutes
Join ISO-A
Svenska 30 minutes
Plain Paper ISO-B
1 60 minutes
Coated Paper JIS-B
2 Auto Adjust Mode
Tracing Paper
3 System Setup
Film User On
*1 Off
Margin 9 User Size Language ( )
Feed Priority
Normal Pen Table 2
Length Print Length English(mm)
Large English(inch)
80mm Band Joint
Copy *1 (*Same as Pen Table 1)
Reset Defaults Francais
1 18000mm
Pen Table 3 Deutsch
Yes Italiano
99 Width No Espanol
Auto Cut (*Same as Pen Table 1) 80mm Information Svenska

Cut Type Reset Table 627mm (914mm) I/C: Ver. Auto Adjust Mode
I/Boot: Ver.
Cut Pen Table 1 Nesting Timer E/C: Ver. On
Cut Line Pen Table 2 E/Boot: Ver. Off
No Cut Pen Table 3 30 seconds
1 minute E/Slv: Ver. Feed Priority
*1 All Pen Table Memory
Drying Time 2 minutes Print Length
5 minutes Error
Off Band Joint
Auto 10 minutes Internal Print
Information
30 seconds 30 minutes
Demonstration
1 minute 60 minutes I/C: Ver.
Menu Map
2 minutes Color Palette I/Boot: Ver.
A 5 minutes Setup List E/C: Ver.
10 minutes Nozzle Check E/Boot: Ver.
Dump Mode E/Slv: Ver.
60 minutes Memory
B C Error

1-13
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

2. Menu and parameter setup


Menus and parameters are selected as described below.
1) By pressing the online key in the offline or pause state, the printer enters the menu state.
2) Select a menu item by pressing the right and left arrow keys.
3) After selecting a menu, move to the parameter menu by pressing the down arrow key.

CAUTION
Menu display varies depending on the state. (offline or pause)

4) Select parameters by pressing the right and left arrow keys.


5) Accept the selected parameter by pressing the Enter key.

CAUTION
When "Head Cleaning", "Force Cutting" or other item for immediate execution is selected,
the operation is started by pressing the Enter key. If the up arrow key is pressed instead, the
operation will not start and the selected parameter is cancelled.

3. Details of user mode menus


The user mode menus are shown below.

[1] Print Operation


Used to change the current print operation. • Replot
The data printed last is printed again.
• Abort Print
Printing is stopped in the pause state. • Force Print
The EOP timer is started and the printer
• Buffer Clear is forced to print from the printing
All current operations are stopped from stand-by state.
in the offline or pause state, and all
printing data in the memory are cleared.

1–14
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[2] Head Cleaning [5] Print Mode


Used to clean the cartridge heads. a. Print Quality
• All
[Default: Normal]
All heads are cleaned.
The print quality can be selected for the
• Black
type of data or paper.
Only the black head is cleaned.
• Draft
• New Tank
For higher-speed, lower-quality output.
If the ink tank has been removed, use this
• Normal
menu to prevent non-discharge of ink.
For printing line drawings, etc.
• Enhanced
[3] Force Cutting
For printing files including graphics or
Used to cut the set paper.
solid printing.
Paper is cut.
• High-Resolution (monochrome only)
• Yes
For printing monochrome line draw-
Paper is cut.
ings at an equivalent resolution to 720
• No
dpi.
Paper is not cut.

[4] Adjustment b. Color/Mono


[Default: Color]
• Auto Adjust
Printing position is automatically Monochrome or color mode can be se-

adjusted. lected.

• Auto Band-Adj. • Color

Paper feed rate is automatically Color data will be printed in color.


• Mono
adjusted.
Color data will be printed in gray scale.

1–15
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[6] Media Setup [7] Auto Cut


Used to change paper settings.
a. Cut Type
a. Roll/Cut Sheet [Default: Cut]
[Default: Previous setting preserved] Select the type of cut for roll media after
Select roll media or cut sheet. completion of printing.
• Roll Media • Cut
Select this to use roll media. If a cut Cuts the roll media automatically after
sheet is loaded, it will be ejected. completion of printing.
• Cut Sheet • Cut Line
Selected when cut paper is used. If roll After completion of printing, a cutting
media is loaded, it is reverse fed and line is printed.
withdrawn. • No Cut
After completion of printing, the roll
b. Media Type [Default: Plain paper] media is not cut.
The following media types can be se-
lected: b. Drying Time (only for roll media)
• Plain Paper [Default: Off]
• Coated Paper
Sets the time for drying the ink after
• Tracing Paper
completion of printing.
• Film
• Off
Paper is ejected as usual.
c. Margin [Default: Normal]
• Auto
Margin size at the media leading edge can
Optimum drying time is automatically
be selected.
selected according to the media type and
• Normal
printing mode.
Leaves a margin of 5mm.
In the case of draft mode, the drying
• Large
time is the same as for [Off].
Leaves a margin of 15mm.
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min.,
10 min., 20 min., 30 min., 40 min.,
d. Copies [Default: 1]
50 min., 60 min.
Specify the number of copies to be
printed.
1 - 99

1–16
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CAUTION • HP RTL
In the draft mode, the ink may not Should only be used when printing
dry, depending on the environment. raster data. After the raster data is
Set the drying time as required. received and 1 band is analyzed, print-
ing is started.
REFERENCE • HP-GL (759x)
Drying time for each media type is as Conforms to the HP-759X series
follows: format.
• Plain paper: 30 sec.
• Coated paper: none [9] Pen Setup
• Tracing paper: 2 min. Composed of the pen setup selection
• Film: 7 sec. menu, pen table changing menu, and pen
table initialization menu.

[8] Emulation a. Select Table

[Default: Auto Sense] [Default: Software]

Emulation can be set to match the file type Specifies whether to use the setting desig-
output from the computer. nated by the software or the pen table setting.
• Auto Sense • Software
HP-GL/2+RTL, HP RTL, HP-GL, and Pen setup from the application is
TIFF data is automatically detected and used. (See Table 1-305.)
printed. • Pen Table (1 to 3)
• HP-GL/2+RTL Pen setup (pen table) stored in the
Emulates HP-GL/2 and HP-RTL. Data printer can be used. (See Table 1-304.)
is accumulated in the memory buffer
and printing is started with the EOP
command, or when the EOP timer times
out.

1–17
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

b. Modify Table [10] Line Type


The pen setup (pen table) stored in the a. Line Intersect
printer can be changed. [Default: Overlay]
• Pen Table (1 to 3)
Color processing method for overlapping
• Pen
lines or figures can be set.
Contents of the pen table can be
• Overlay
changed. Settings can be changed for
Overlapping parts are printed in the
pen No. 0 to 15 (16 types).
color applied last.
• Width
• Merge
Width of selected pen can be changed
Overlapping parts are printed using
in units of dots (every dot from 1 to 5,
mixed colors.
every 2 dots from 5 to 31). (See Table
1-303.)
b. Line Shading
• Color
[Default: On]
Pen color (256 values) can be set.
• Joint When color data is printed in mono-
Line joins and ends (9 types) can be chrome, a gray scale corresponding to the

set (See Figure 1-303). color is usually used. In order to improve the
reproducibility of the line data, you can
c. Reset Table specify whether to print the line data using
Values in the selected pen table are re- only black.
turned to the defaults. • On
• All Pen Table Line data is drawn in gray scale.
All pen table values are reset to the • Off
default values. Line data is drawn in black.
• Pen Table (1 - 3)
Values of the selected pen table are
reset to the default values.

1–18
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Default values of pen table 1 to 3 at the


time of Factory settings.
No. of dots Approximate thickness (mm/inch)
Pen No. Width(*1) Color Joint
1 0.07/0.003 0 3 0 6
2 0.14/0.005 1 1 1 6
3 0.21/0.008 2 2 2 6
4 0.28/0.011 3 3 3 6
5 0.35/0.014 4 4 4 6
7 0.49/0.019 5 5 5 6
9 0.63/0.025 6 7 6 6
7 9 7 6
11 0.78/0.031
8 11 8 6
13 0.92/0.036
9 13 9 6
15 1.06/0.042
10 15 10 6
17 1.20/0.047
11 17 11 6
19 1.34/0.052 12 19 12 6
21 1.48/0.058 13 21 13 6
23 1.62/0.063 14 23 14 6
25 1.76/0.069 15 25 15 6
27 1.90/0.074
*1. When the display language is
29 2.04/0.080
other than katakana, the widths are
31 2.19/0.086
all set to 3.
Table 1-303 Table 1-304

Software pen table factory settings.


1: Solid - miter 2: Triangle - miter 3: Round - miter

Pen No. Width Color Joint(*2)


0 3 0 6
4: Solid - round 5: Triangle - round 6: Round - round 1 3 1 6
2 3 2 6
3 3 3 6
4 3 4 6
7: Solid - bevel 8: Triangle - bevel 9: Round - bevel
5 3 5 6
6 3 6 6
7 3 7 6

*2. When the emulation is HP-GL/2


Figure 1-303
or HP-RTL, the set value for the
joint is 1.
Table 1-305

1–19
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[11] Plot layout • Media Save


Printed data layout can be set. Automatic paper saving layout. Con-
tinuous data is rotated clockwise so that
a. Auto Layout (roll media only) paper feeding rate is minimized. The

[Default: Off] image data is printed to the left end of


the paper.
Automatic layout can be set. The data
• Best
size at this time should match the data size of
Automatic layout for selected standard
"6. Image layout" (p.1-27).
size. Continuous data is rotated clock-
• Off
wise so that paper feeding is minimized.
Automatic layout does not take place.
The image data is arranged at the center
Data is printed in the layout designated
of the minimum standard size to allow
by the received data. However, the
the data to fit, and printed to the left end
settings designated by the scale, rota-
on the paper.
tion, and Y-mirror menus will be used.
• Nesting
b. Scale
Nesting is automatically laid out.
Magnification can be changed automati-
Continuous data is rotated clockwise so
cally, or can be specified.
that the paper feeding rate is minimized.
If the longitudinal direction of the later [Default: 100%]
data enters in the width direction of the • Auto (cut sheet only)
margin of the previous data, the data is The magnification changes to fit the cut
printed on the margin. If the later data sheet loaded.
does not fit into the width of the margin • 1-999%

of the previous data, the data is not Printing can be expanded or contracted

printed on the margin but printed to the in steps of 1%.

next printing position.

1–20
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

A=5mm

A Nesting
A

Media Save Best

A
A
A

A
A

A
A=5mm A=5mm

Figure 1-304

1–21
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

c. Rotation e. Layout Size (roll media only)


[Default: 0°] [Default: ISO A]
Data can be rotated on the paper when Paper size can be set.
printed. • ISO A
• Auto (cut paper only) • ISO B
Rotated according to the loaded paper. • JIS B
• 0° • ANSI
Prints without rotating • ANSI ARCH
• 90° • ISO Over
Rotated 90° counterclockwise. • EURO-DIN
• 180° • KOREAN
Rotated 180° counterclockwise. • Custom
• 270°
Rotated 270° counterclockwise. f. User Size (roll media only)
Width and length of paper to be printed
d. Y-mirror can be set.
[Default: Off] [Default: A0 model: 84.1 x 118.9 cm
The data can be reversed in the paper feed A1 model: 59.4 x 84.1 cm]
direction when printing. • Width
• Off Width can be set from 8.0 to 62.7
File is not reversed laterally. (91.4)cm, in one mm units.
• On • Length
File is reversed laterally. Length can be set from 8.0 to 1800cm,
in one mm units.

g. Nesting Timer (roll media only)


[Default: 30 seconds]
Time until printing is started can be se-
lected for the nesting layout operation.
• 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 min., 10
min., 30 min., 60 min.

1–22
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

[12] Interface Setup [13] System Setup


a. RS-232C Configuration of the system setting menu
Used to set up the RS-232C interface. as follows:
• Baud Rate [default: 9600]
Sets the data transfer speed. a. Language
2400bps, 4800bps, 9600bps, [Default: previos setting preserved]
19200pbs, 38400bps Language to be indicated on the message
• Data Bit-Parity
display can be selected.
[Default: 8 none]
• English (mm)
Sets combination of character bits and
Display in English (mm)
parity bit.
(Factory setting)
7 none, 7 even, 7 odd
• English (inch)
8 none, 8 even, 8 odd
Display in English (inch)
• Handshake
• katakana
[Default: Hardware]
Display in Japanese
Sets the data communication method
• Francais
between the computer and printer.
Display in French
Xon/Xoff, Hardware
• Deutsch
Display in German
b. EOP Timer
• Italiano
[Default: 30 sec.] Display in Italian
When a data completion command (termi- • Espanol
nator) is not contained in the file data, the Display in Spanish
• Svenska
time from completion of data transfer to start
Display in Swedish
of printing will be as specified here.
• 10 sec., 30 sec., 1 min., 2 min., 5 b. AutoAdjust mode
min., 10 min., 30 min., 60 min.
[Default: On]
Specifies whether or not to “Auto Adjust”
when replacing the BJ Print head.
• On
Automatic adjustment is done when the
BJ Print head is replaced.
• Off
Automatic adjustment is not done when
the BJ Print head is replaced.

1–23
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

c. Feed Priority [14] Self-test Print


[Default: Print Length] A self-test pattern can be printed to check

Select between paper feeding accuracy the printer operation.


• Demonstration
over distance, or feeding with less band
A built-in demonstration pattern is
variation.
printed.
• Print Length
• Menu Map
Feed with preference given to distance
A list of menus is printed.
accuracy.
• Color Pallet
• Band Joint
A color pallet of 0 to 255 is printed.
Feed with less band variation.
• Setup List
The printer settings are printed.
d. Reset Defaults
• Nozzle Check
All user menu settings can be reset to the A nozzle check pattern is printed.
default values. • Dump Mode
• Yes All data input is printed by in hexadeci-
All user menu setting are reset to the mal and ASCII code.
default values.
• No
User menu settings are not reset.

e. Information
[Default: On]
Image controller PCB and engine control-
ler PCB versions and memory capacity are
displayed.

1–24
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

4. Using the setup list


The setup list is used when the printer is not working correctly, to determine whether the
problem is attributable to the printer or the computer.
The current menu settings, service mode values and a history of the last 4 errors which
occurred are printed in the setup list, and can be filed for reference or faxed to the service depart-
ment.
Figure 1-305 shows a sample of a setup list and Table 1-306 explains the information in the
setup list.

[1]

[2]
[3]
[4] [7]

[5] [8]

[9]

[6]

[10]

[11]

Figure 1-305

1–25
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

No. Description No. Description


[1] I/C: Image controller PCB version User-defined size setting
E/C: Engine controller PCB version Length setting
I/Boot: Image controller PCB ROM Width setting
version Nesting timer setting
E/Boot: Engine controller PCB ROM [7] Line intersecton setting
version Line shading setting
E/Slv: Engine controller PCB slave [8] Baud rate setting
version Data bit parity setting
[2] DRAM capacity Hand shake setting
[3] Language setting EOP timer setting
[4] Print mode setting [9] Emulation setting
Monochrome/color setting Auto adjust mode setting
[5] Media setting Paper feeding priority setting
Media type setting [10] Error display history
Margin setting Error 1 - most recent
..
No. of copies to be printed .
Roll media auto cutting setting Error 4 - least recent
Drying time setting [11] Pen table setting
[6] Auto layout setting pen table 1
Zoom setting pen table 2
Rotation setting pen table 3
Y-mirror setting
Layout size setting

Table 1-306

1–26
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

5. Dump mode
This machine is provided with a dump test function to print the input data in hexadecimal and
ASCII code as an online test.
Select "Dump mode" on the system setting menu, and then set the printer online. When data
is transferred from the computer in this state, the data is first printed normally. Then, for the data
received since data reception started until the EOP timer was actuated, the initial 1k byte is
dumped on one A4 sheet, and the last 1k byte is also dumped on an A4 sheet, in hexadecimal
ASCII code.
The printer returns to the normal printing mode automatically after the dump output is com-
pleted. Therefore, to execute a dump again, reselect "Dump mode", and then transfer the file
data.

CAUTION
If data is transferred continuously, the final portion cannot be correctly dumped. To prevent
trouble, transfer only one file at a time in the dump mode.

6. Image layout

a. Data size recognition standard


This machine recognizes the size of data received as follows:
(1) PS (Plot size) recognition
Uses the size specified in the PS command contained in the data as the size of the data.
(2) Min./Max. size recognition (coordinates)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of vector coordinates actually
drawn to determine the data size.
(3) Min./Max. size recognition (line width consideration)
Detects the minimum and maximum positions in the range of coordinate values, including
the vector line width actually drawn.

1–27
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

Min/Max (Line width consideration)

Min/Max (Coordinates)

PS size

Figure 1-306

b. Relation between data size recognition and image processing


The printer recognizes the size of the data received and lays it out as listed below. When
printing using the Canon printer driver, PS (Plot Size) commands are always provided.

Data size Standard Rotation Layout size Horizontal Y-mirror Panel


recognition size arrangement scale rotation
judgment
Nesting PS size Not done Automatic PS size + each Done Done Not done
rotation side of 5mm
Best Min./Max. Done Automatic Judged standard Not done Done Not done
PS provided

coordinates rotation size


Media save Min./Max. Not done Automatic Min./Max. + each Not done Done Not done
line width rotation side of 5mm
consideration
Off PS size Not done Follow the PS size + each Not done Done Done
set value side of 5mm
Nesting Min./max. Done Automatic Judged standard Done Done Not done
coordinates rotation size
Best Min./max. Done Automatic Judged standard Not done Done Not done
No PS provided

coordinates rotation size


Media save Min./Max. Not done Automatic Min./max. + each Not done Done Not done
line width rotation side of 5mm
consideration
Off Max Not done Follow the Max. + each side Not done Done Done
set value of 5mm

Table 1-307

1–28
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

D. Basic Operation • When the paper inserted below the


1) Turn the power switch ON. pinch roller unit is detected by the PE
• The power lamp is lit and the initializa- sensor, the suction fan runs and the
tion process beings. paper is sucked to the platen.
• The initialization completes in about 20 • If the printer does not start within about
seconds. 1 minute after the suction fan operates,
the fan stops.
2) Make menu settings according to the
computer and application software to be
b. In the case of roll media:
used.
• Press the online key to cause the menu [1] Lower the paper release lever.
selection screen to appear, select a [2] Keeping the roll media tight (no
menu with the right and left arrow slack), pull it out straight onto the
keys, and go to the parameter menu platen from the back side of the
with the down arrow key. Select printer.
parameters with the right and left [3] Raise the paper release lever so that
arrow keys. Enter each selection with
the roll media is fed in parallel with
the Enter key.
the paper matching line.
3) Open the front cover.
PE sensor
4) Load paper into the printer.
a. In the case of cut sheets:
[1] Lower the paper release lever.
[2] With the printed surface of the
paper upward, match the paper edge
Paper
to the inside of the paper matching matching line
line, and raise the paper release lever.
Paper matching line PE sensor Print media

Figure 1-308

Paper
matching line

Print media

Figure 1-307

1–29
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CAUTION CAUTION
• If the roll media is forcibly aligned to After printing, take care not to touch the
the paper matching line on the platen, ink with wet hands.
skewed feeding may result. When the printer is not to be used for a
• Keeping the roll media in parallel to long time, raise the paper release lever
paper matching line, pull it out to keep the pinch roller being pressed.
straight.
• When loading the paper, take care not
to touch the printed area. Fingerprints
can keep the print ink from soaking in
to the paper, causing uneven print
density.

5) Close the front cover.


6) Press the up or down arrow key to load
the paper.
• The printer detects the paper size and
feeds the paper to the printing start
position.
• After completion of loading, the printer
enters the online state.

REFERENCE
If the paper loads crooked or jams, press
any key on the operation panel to stop
the loading process.

7) File data is transferred from the computer


in the online state and printing is started.
• To stop printing, press the online key
to enter the pause state.
8) After completion of printing, remove the
paper.

1–30
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

E. Paper Thickness Adjustment


Lever
When printing, depending on the print
media used or its thickness, the paper may
become wavy, causing it to rub the head.
To prevent this, the distance between the
head and platen can be adjusted in 3 stages
Paper thickness
using the paper thickness adjustment lever. adjustment lever
1) Press the left or right arrow key in the
Figure 1-309
offline or pause state.
• The carriage moves to the cartridge
4) Close the front cover.
replacement position.
• The carriage returns to the home
2) Open the front cover.
position.
3) Move the paper thickness adjustment
lever to adjust the head-to-platen distance.
CAUTION
• Better print quality can be obtained by
: Standard position
narrowing the head-to-platen distance.
Place the paper thickness adjustment
: Set to this position when printing
lever in standard position except when
high-density graphics. (graphic
the paper rubs the head.
position)

: Set to this position if the paper still REFERENCE


After moving the paper thickness
rubs the head after being set to the
adjustment lever, carry out the "Auto
graphic position.
adjust" of the "Adjustment" menu.

1–31
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

IV. CARTRIDGE
REPLACEMENT
The printer is provided with a mechanism Electrode
to detect the ink remaining in the ink tank.
When the tank becomes empty, the ink head
Head
state indication on the message display
Figure 1-401
becomes “ - ” (hyphen). When no ink re-
mains, replace the ink tank.
1) Press the right and left keys in the offline
If no ink is discharged even though there
or pause state to move the carriage to the
is enough ink in the tank, check the BJ print
cartridge replacement position.
head, referring to Chapter 5, V. “CORREC-
2) Open the front cover.
TION OF IMAGE DEFECT”.
3) Remove the ink tank from the BJ print
If ink is still not discharged, replace the
head to be replaced.
BJ print head.
4) Push the release hook of the BJ print head
to be replaced and remove the BJ print
A. Replacing the BJ Print head
head.

CAUTION
• When handling the BJ print head, take
care not to touch the head on elec-
trodes.
• Replace the BJ print head only at the
cartridge replacement position.

Figure 1-402

5) Unpack a new BJ print head.

1–32
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

6) Remove the protection cap and protection 8) Pressing as shown in figure1-405, install
seal. the BJ print head in the carriage.
Protective cap Protective seal

Figure 1-403

CAUTION
Figure 1-405
Take care not to touch the BJ print head
and carriage electrodes. 9) Remove the dummy ink tank.
Do not reuse the protective cap and
protective seal.
Take care not to bump the head against
the platen or carriage.

7) With the head facing down, insert the BJ


print head into the carriage.

Figure 1-406

10) Install the real ink tank.


11) Close the front cover.
• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.
Figure 1-404

1–33
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Replacing the Ink Tank 5) Twist the protective cap of the ink tank in
the direction of the arrow mark and re-
CAUTION move it.
Replace the ink tank only at the
cartridge replacement position.

1) Press the right and left keys in the offline


or pause state to move the carriage to the
cartridge replacement position.
2) Open the front cover. Figure 1-409
3) Press the ink tank release hook and re-
move the ink tank. CAUTION
Do not touch the ink tank outlet.

Outlet

Figure 1-407 Figure 1-410

4) Unpack the new ink tank, and remove the


protective seal from the ink tank.

Figure 1-408

1–34
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

6) Install the ink tank.

Figure 1-411

CAUTION
• Push the ink tank in until it clicks.

7) Close the front cover.


• The carriage returns to the home
position and head cleaning is carried
out.

1–35
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

CAUTION
V. SIMM
• When handling SIMMs, be careful
REPLACEMENT to avoid static electricity discharge.
• Before installing the SIMM, be
A. About SIMM
sure to turn off the printer power.
The printer's memory can be increased. If
• Install the SIMMs using the correct
the memory available is not sufficient for the procedure.
print data, the memory capacity of the printer
can be expanded by installing new (or large) B. SIMM Installation
SIMMs. 1) Using the installation tools supplied with
Proper installation of SIMMs can be printer, remove the 4 screws [1], and
confirmed by selecting "Information" of remove the cover plate [2].
"System setting" of the main menu. The
following message will be displayed: [2]
Memory XX+8 MB

[1]
where, "XX" indicates the memory capac-
ity of any installed SIMMs.
• SIMM type
Use SIMMs with the following specifi-
cations:
Figure 1-501
Capacity: 4, 8, 16, or 32 MB
No. of pins: 72 2) Holding both ends of the SIMM with it
Access speed: 60ns or faster centered in the expansion slot, insert it
FPM (high speed page mode) compatible from the right.
No parity
EDO memory can be also used but it is
operated as FPM memory.
Two SIMMs can be added, so that the
memory capacity can be increased by up to
72MB, with the standard memory.

Figure 1-502

1–36
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

3) With the edge of the SIMM in the slot, C. SIMM Removal


roll the SIMM to the left until the hooks 1) Using the installation tools supplied with
[3] at both ends of the slot click into the the printer, remove the 4 screws [1] and
holes at both ends of the SIMM. the cover plate [2].

[2]

[3]
[1]

Figure 1-503
Figure 1-504
4) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the
4 screws [1]. 2) Gently pull back the two hooks [3] at
each end of the SIMM. Roll the SIMM to
REFERENCE the right and remove it.
• When only one SIMM is used, it must
be installed in the left slot (SIM601).
• When adding two SIMMs, it is easiest
to install the first one into the left slot
(SIM601). [3]

Figure 1-505

3) Attach the cover plate [2] and tighten the


4 screws [1].

1–37
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

VI. CAUTIONS ON
HANDLING
When handling the printer, pay attention
Electrodes
to the following points.

A. Cartridges Head

1. Cautions on handling the BJ print Figure 1-601


head

2. Cautions on handling ink tanks


• Do not touch the head surface, or wipe
with cloth or paper. • Do not touch the outlet.
• Do not touch the electrodes. • Do not remove the ink tank from the BJ
• Do not bump the BJ print head. print head except when replacing the ink
• When removing the BJ print head, do tank.
not lay its face downward. • Only unpack a new ink tank immedi-
• Do not leave the BJ print head out of the ately before replacement.
printer for a long time. • After uncapping, install the ink tank
• To avoid ink spillage, do not shake the immediately into the BJ Print head.
BJ print head after removing the • Do not disassemble or modify the ink
protective seal. tank.
• Do not remove the BJ print head from
thie printer except when replacing it or
disassembling the main unit.
• Only unpack a new BJ print head imme-
diately before replacing an old one. Outlet
• Do not disassemble or modify the BJ Figure 1-602
print head.

1–38
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

B. Paper Storage Environment D. After Printing


• Store the paper in wrapping paper, in a • Since the ink may still be wet, do not
place free from high humidity and direct touch it immediatly after printing. If the
sun light. ink is not completely dry, ink may be
• Store the paper horizontally to prevent it smudged, or if stored on top of another
from being damaged. sheet, the backside of the paper may be
• Store the paper under a relative humidity stained, or attached to the another.
of 35 to 65%. If this requirement is not • As the ink is water-based, do not touch
met in the environment where the printed sheets with wet hands.
printer is used, remove the paper from
its package and keep it near the printer
for a while to acclimatize it.

C. Paper
• Use paper that is not curled, folded or
wrinkled.
• For handling the paper, be careful not to
curl it or damage the printing side, hold
the paper only at the ends, outside of the
printed area, to prevent oil or moisture
transferring from your hands to the
paper, or wear cotton gloves.
• Take out each sheet from the wrapping
paper immediately before using it.

1–39
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

1) Pinch roller/Paper feed roller


VII. USER
Load plain paper of the maximum width
MAINTENANCE which can be printed by your printer (A1 size
A. Head Cleaning or A0 size) and feed the paper manually
The printer has a head cleaning function several times to remove any ink.
to maintain image quality.
With the BJ printing method, air bubbles 2) Platen
may accumulate in the nozzles of the head, With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
or, if the ink viscosity at the nozzle end platen, and then wipe it with a dry cloth.
increases, a nozzle may become plugged,
resulting in white streaks on the image. In
such a case, the user should execute the
"Head cleaning" in the main menu to clean
the head.

CAUTION
Repeated head cleaning will consume Figure 1-701
excessive ink. Explain to the user that
head cleaning should only be performed 3) Paper stacker (stand)
when defective images occur. With a well-wrung damp cloth, wipe the
paper stacker and then wipe it with a dry
cloth.
B. Normal Cleaning
Instruct the user to clean the following CAUTION
places every month, or as needed. The seam-side of the paper stacker
should face outward.
CAUTION
Caution the user to take care not to
allow the cleaning cloth or swab to
touch the paper feed roller and pinch
roller when cleaning.

1–40
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

• Locations where there might be alcohol,


VIII. INSTALLATION
thinner, etc. nearby.
ENVIRONMENT • Places where temperature or humidity
Avoid the following when choosing a fluctuates often.
location for the printer. • Air from an air conditioning system or
• Places with a large amount of dust electric fan directly blowing on the
• Unstable location machine.
• Uneven floor Be cautious about the following when
• Non-horizontal surface installing the machine.
• Direct sun light (use curtains if placed • Adjust the media so as not to touch the
nearby a window). floor, to prevent it from picking up dust
• Low temperature and humidity or high or dirt. Explain to the client that the
temperature and humidity (temperature floor near the printer should be cleaned
should be in the range of 15 - 30°C and carefully.
the humidity 20 - 80%. Particularly • The stand rollers should all sit flat on the
avoid locations near water taps, water floor.
heaters, humidifiers and refrigerators.) • Provide a properly grounded electrical
connection.

;;;
Secure sufficient space for maintenance
and inspection, as illustrated below.

;;;
Figure 1-801
800mm
1405mm 600mm
600mm

600mm

1170mm

1–41
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

IX. PACKAGE CON-


FIGURATION
The package configuration of the printer
when shipped from the factory is shown in
the figure below.

[1] Printer
[2] Spindle/Roll media stopper
[3] BJ print heads (black, cyan, magenta,
[2] yellow)
[3] [4] Accessory box

[4]

[1]

Figure 1-901

1–42
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

X. TRANSPORTING Clip
Linear scale
THE PRINTER Carriage belt

When transporting the printer by truck


etc., or moving the printer, follow the
procedures below.

CAUTION
• Pack the printer in the original box. If
the original box is not avaiable, pack
the machine with sufficient shock
absorbing material.
• Remove all cables.
• Do not remove the BJ cartridges. Figure 1-1001

1) Turn off the power switch and disconnect CAUTION


the power cord and interface cable. Take care not to damage the carriage
2) Open the front cover and make sure the belt and linear scale.
carriage is at the home position. If not,
move it to the right end by hand.
3) Fold a sheet of A1-size paper or A0-size 5) Remove the roll media and spindle.

paper twice and insert it between the 6) Fix the front cover closed with tape.

pinch rollers. 7) When the optional stand is used, remove

4) Fix the carriage belt at the center of the the printer from the stand and disassemble

platen by holding it with a clip as shown the stand.

in Figure 1-1001, so as not to allow the 8) Pack the printer, stand, roll media and

carriage to move. spindle carefully before transportation.

CAUTION
Be careful not to incline or turn the
machine upside down when transporting
it since waste ink may leak out.

1–43
CHAPTER 2

BASIC OPERATION

I. BASIC OPERATION ......................................... 2-1 A. BJ Cartridge ............................................... 2-39


A. Functional Configuration .............................. 2-1 B. BJ Print head Drive .................................... 2-43
B. Interface Input/Output .................................. 2-2 IV. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 2-46
C. Image Controller .......................................... 2-7 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-46
D. Engine Controller ....................................... 2-10 B. Capping Function ....................................... 2-51
E. Engine controller Input/Output ................... 2-12 C. Head Cleaning ........................................... 2-52
F. Summary of Operation ............................... 2-15 D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit ............................ 2-56
II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 2-22 V. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 2-57
A. Outline ....................................................... 2-22 A. Outline ....................................................... 2-57
B. Carriage Motor Control .............................. 2-24 B. Paper Feed Motor Control ......................... 2-58
C. Linear Encoder .......................................... 2-26 C. Feeding Operation ..................................... 2-60
D. Media Sensor ............................................. 2-28 VI. FAN.................................................................. 2-63
E. Detection of the Ink Tank ........................... 2-34 VII. POWER SUPPLY ........................................... 2-65
F. Remaining Ink Detection ............................ 2-35 A. Power Supply Outline ................................ 2-65
G. Cutter Unit .................................................. 2-38 B. Power Circuit ............................................. 2-66
III. BJ CARTRIDGE .............................................. 2-39 C. Power Circuit Protection ............................ 2-66
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

I. Basic operation
A. Functional Configuration
The printer functional diagram is composed of 5 blocks; image processing/control system,
carriage, BJ cartridge unit, purge unit and feeder unit.

Image processing/control system


Carriage
External
Engine Image
interface
controller controller

BJ cartridge
unit

Purge unit Feeder unit

Figure 2-101

2–1
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Interface Input/Output
1. Parallel interface
The parallel interface conforms to IEEE1284-B and is applicable to the compatible mode and
nibble mode (2-way interface).

a. Input/output signal and pin assignment

Pin Signal Signal direction Pin Signal Signal direction


No. Compatible Nibble (PC to the printer) No. Compatible Nibble (PC to the printer)
1 Strobe HostClk 19 GND
2 Data 1 20 GND
3 Data 2 21 GND
4 Data 3 22 GND
5 Data 4 23 GND
6 Data 5 24 GND
7 Data 6 25 GND
8 Data 7 26 GND
9 Data 8 27 GND
10 Ack PtrClk 28 GND
11 Busy PtrBusy 29 GND
12 Perror AckDataReq 30 GND
13 Select Xflag 31 Init
14 AutoFd HostBusy 32 Fault DataAvail

15 Not used 33 GND

16 GND 34 Not used


17 GND 35 Peripheral Logic High
18 Peripheral Logic High 36 Selectin IEEE1284active

Table 2-101

2–2
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Compatible mode
The compatible mode is applicable to cases as shown below.
The compatible mode can be switched by changing the BUSY and ACKNLG timing in the
Centro timing setting mode.
• A - B(Defaut) [Ack-in-Busy]

DATA1-8

STROBE

BUSY

ACKNLG
4080ns
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]

DATA1-8

STROBE

BUSY

ACKNLG
3264ns 3264ns
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]

DATA1-8

STROBE

BUSY

ACKNLG
3264ns 3264ns
• A - B(Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]

DATA1-8

STROBE

BUSY

ACKNLG
1200ns

Figure 2-102

2–3
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Data is transferred 8 bits at a time in the compatible mode. The data is transferred by hand-
shaking the STROBE, ACKNLG, and BUSY signals.
The computer sets 8 bits of data and outputs the STROBE signal to the printer. The printer
receives the data with the STROBE signal and responds by setting the BUSY signal to "H".
When data processing has been completed, the printer outputs the ACKNLG signal to notify
the computer that the data has been accepted. When data reception is possible, it sets the BUSY
signal to "L".
The Perror signal becomes "H" to indicate a warning or error in the printer.
The Select signal becomes "H" to indicate that the printer is in a printing mode (online, print-
ing, warning ON, etc.) and "L" when in a non-printing mode (offline, in pause, error ON, etc.)

2–4
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

c. Nibble mode
In the nibble mode, 8-bit data is transmitted from the printer to the computer in two pieces, 4
bits at a time.
When data transmission is possible, the printer sets the DataAvail signal to "L" and the com-
puter sets the HostBusy signal to "L" to indicate that data can be received.
The printer confirms the fall of the HostBusy signal, places the low-order 4 bits of data on the
4 control signal lines, and sets the PtrClk signal to "L". The computer accepts the data and
changes the HostBusy signal to "H" indicating that the data has been received. The printer issues
the PtrClk signal and the first handshaking is completed.

The printer confirms the second fall of the HostBusy signal and outputs the high-order 4 bits
to the control signal lines. The computer accepts the data in the same way as before.
When the HostBusy signal goes active and there is no more data to be transmitted to the
computer, the DataAvail signal is set to "H" and the next data transfer is awaited in the stand-by
status.

High
1284Active

AckDataReq Bit2 Bit6

HostBusy

HostClk

PtrClk

PtrBusy Holding the status Bit3 Bit7

DataAvail Data Available Bit0 Bit4

Xflag Nibble Mode Support Bit1 Bit5

Figure 2-103

2–5
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Serial interface
The serial interface conforms to RS-232C. The printer side is set up as the DCE (Data Circuit
Terminating Equipment) and the computer side as DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). The serial
interface connector is a D-Sub 9-pin female.
Table 2-102 shows the connector pin assignment and input/output signals.

Signal direction
Pin No. Signal
(PC (DTE) to the printer (DCE)
1 CD
2 RD
3 TD
4 DTR
5 SGND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI

Table 2-102

The computer turns ON the transmission request signal RTS and the printer turns ON the CTS
signal if reception is possible. After confirming the CTS signal from the printer, the computer
starts transmission of data (TD) to the printer.
The printer stores the data from the computer in its buffer and processes the data in succes-
sion. However, if the printer processing speed is slower than the computer's, the buffer soon
becomes full so that no more data can be stored.
When the empty space in the buffer decreases below a specified value, the printer turns OFF
the CTS signal. The computer knows that the printer can accept no more data and interrupts
transmission. The printer continues processing the data in the buffer. When the empty space in
the buffer reaches a specific value, the printer turns ON the CTS signal again to notify the com-
puter that reception is possible.
In this way the RS-232C communication is controlled so as not to overflow the printer's
buffer.

2–6
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Image Controller
Figure 2-104 is a block diagram of the image controller.

Image controller
External parallel interface
[2]
FIFO [3] [4]
External serial [1] (U622) DRAM
interface SRAM
Serial (U602,606, (U628)
controller U611,U616)
(U632)

Address bus
Address bus

Data bus

Data bus
32-bit

8-bit
[5] Y601
Timer 14.7MHz
(U610)

Communication [6]
Engine controller

I/F [7]
Serial
controller Gate array
(U633) (U617)

Image data I/F(8-bit)

Address bus
32-bit data bus

[14]
[8] Timer
16-bit FLASH (U609)
data bus ROM
(XU601)
[12]
CPU Y601
(U607) 14.7MHz
[9]
FLASH
32-bit ROM Y602
data bus (U612, 33MHz
U618)

[13]
[10] Reset IC
8-bit EEPROM (U613)
data bus (U619)

[11]
8-bit PIO Operation
(U629, Panel
U634)

Figure 2-104

2–7
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Major functions of the ICs on the image [5] Timer (U610)


Uses the by external clock of 14.7MHz
controller are as follows.
divided by 2.
[1] Serial controller (U632) Functions as a baud rate clock for the
Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz serial controllers. (U632, U633)
divided by 2.
Baud rates for receiving image data over [6] Serial controller (U633)

the serial interface are 2400, 4800, 9600, Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
19200, and 38400bps. divided by 2.
Intermediary between the gate array
[2] FIFO (U622) (U617) and engine controller.
This buffer stores the image data tempo-
rarily between the parallel interface and [7] Gate array (U617)

CPU (U607). Major functions are as follows.


• DRAM control
[3] DRAM (U602, U606, U611, U616) • Raster slice conversion of the image
4 RAM chips with a capacity of 2 data in the DRAM after banding
Mbytes each, connected to the gate array processing, to slice data to the width of
using a 32-bit data bus, and used as the BJ cartridge
follows. • Address decode
• Storage area for the CMYK bitmap • 8-bit parallel output of image data
data created by the CPU (U607) for the to the engine controller
banding process. • Controls the compatible and nibble
• CPU system processing work area. mode latch timing for image data
transfer from the computer.
[4] SRAM (U628)
32 Kbyte memory used to store the raster
slice converted image data until a trans-
mission request is received from the
engine controller.

2–8
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

[8] FLASH ROM (XU601) [14]Timer (U609)


1 Mbyte boot ROM used to initialize the Uses the external clock of 14.7MHz
CPU at power ON. Stores the divided by 2.
downloaded program. Functions as a timer for :
• DRAM refresh timing
[9] FLASH ROM (U612, U618) • Communication with the engine
1 Mbyte ROMs used to store the program controller
for the image controller. The following • System operation of the image
functions are also provided. controller
• Interface analysis
• Operation panel control
• Generation of test pattern

[10] EEPROM (U619)


32Kbyte ROM used to store information
on the printer and the values set using the
operation panel.

[11] PIO (U634)


Intermediary between the CPU (U607)
and operation panel input/output port.

[12] CPU (U607)


Uses the external 33 MHz clock.
Major functions are as follows.
• Controls the image controller
• Vector raster conversion
• Raster/raster conversion
• Controls communication with the
engine controller

[13] Reset IC (U613)


Resets the CPU (U607) at power ON.

2–9
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

D. Engine Controller
Figure 2-105 is a block diagram of the engine controller.
The printer is controlled mainly by the CPU (U221), which is run by the 16MHz external
clock.

Engine controller

Y202
[1] 16MHz
CPU
(U221) [6]
Command Reset IC
communic- (U227)
ation I/F
Address bus

Data bus

[2] [3] [4] [5]


Image controller

Sub-CPU DRAM FLASH EEPROM


(U202) (U216) ROM (U218)
(U219)

[9]
[10] [11]
Paper feed Carriage Gate
motor motor array
driver driver (U204)
(U233) (U232) [8]
[7] Gate
Gate array
array (U212)
Data
Paper Carriage (U208)
feed bus
motor motor

Image data I/F (8-bit) LED light


control circuit

Image data control communication I/F

[12]
Purge Purge motor
motor driver
(U234)

Carriage
BJ cartridges controller
(Bk, C, M, Y)

LED
Linear encoder

Figure 2-105

2–10
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Major functions of the ICs on the engine [7] Gate array (U208)

controller are as follows. Provided with an 8-bit parallel input port


for the image data from the image
[1] CPU (U221) controller. Processes the image data
Connected to the DRAM (U216), before sending it to the gate array
FLASH ROM (U219), EEPROM (U218) (U212). Also processes the internal print
and gate array (U204, U212) via the data.
address bus and data bus.
Run by the 16MHz external clock. [8] Gate array (U212)

Major functions are as follows. • Image data transfer control for the
• Command communication with the image controller
image controller • Conversion of image data
• Fan motor output port • Input ports for sensors, switchs, etc.
• Carriage position control using the
[2] Sub-CPU (U202) linear encoder
Connected to the CPU (U221). Major • Media sensor lamp signal output
function is to control the paper feed • Solenoid output port
motor and carriage motor. • Purge motor control

[3] DRAM (U216) [9] Gate array (U204)


2-Mbyte work area used to store tempo- Operated by a clock from the CPU
rary CPU data. (U221). Generates head drive pulse
signals.
[4] FLASH ROM (U219)
500-Kbyte ROM containing the control [10] Paper feed motor driver (U233)
program. Generates paper feed motor drive signal.

[5] EEPROM (U218) [11] Carriage motor driver (U232)


8-Kbyte ROM used to store timer suc- Generates carriage motor drive signal.
tion, dot count, waste ink count and other
data. [12] Purge motor driver (U234)
Generates purge motor drive signal.
[6] Reset IC (U227)
Detects the voltage supplied to the engine
controller at power ON or power
interruption, and resets the CPU (U221).

2–11
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

E. Engine controller Input/Output


1. Engine controller input/output (1/3)

Engine controller

SW2 J8 J211
Front cover -2 -1 -2 -1 When the front cover
DOOR_IN
switch -1 -2 -1 -2 is opened, "1".

J2 J1 J212
+26V
-1 -2 -1 -8 -1
Wiper solenoid SL1
-2 -1 -2 -7 -2 SOL_CONT* When "0",
SL1 turns on.
+5V
Pump position -1 -5 -4 -5
sensor -2 -4 -5 -4 PURHP_IN When the guide roller is
PS1 -3 -3 -6 -3 at home position, "1".

+5V
-1 -8 -1 -8
Home -2 -7 -2 -7 CRGHP_IN When the carriage is at
position sensor PS2 -3 -6 -3 -6 home position, "1".

J11 J213
+5V
-1 -4 -5
-2 -3 -6 INKCONN* When "0", PS3 turns on.
Remaining ink PS3 -4 -1 -8 INK1_IN* When there is no ink in
sensor
-3 -2 -7 the ink chamber, "0".

J10
-1 -3 -1 -11 +5V
Ink tank sensor -2 -2 -2 -10 TANK
PS4 When no ink tank is
-3 -1 -3 -9
installed, "1".

J214
+5V
-1 -3
-2 -2 MEDIA_IN* When PS6 has
PE senser PS6
-3 -1 detected paper, "0".

Figure 2-106

2–12
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Engine controller input/output (2/3)

Engine controller

J12 +26V
-1 -1 J203
-2 -2 -1
-3 -3 -2 See the section on the
XA "Paper feed Motor"
Paper feed motor M1 -4 -4 -3
XAN (P. 2-58).
-5 -5 -4
XB
-6 -6 -5
XBN
-6

J201
+26V
-1
-2
-3 See the section on the
YA "Carriage Motor"
Carriage motor M2 -4
YAN (P. 2-24).
-5
YB
-6 YBN

J9 J202
-1 -1 -1
PG_OUT1
-2 -2 -2
PG_OUT2 Rotation control signal
-3 -3 -3
PG_OUT3
Purge motor M3 -4 -4 -4
PG_OUT4
-5 -5 -5
PPOW_CONL When "0", M3 rotates.
-6 -6 -6
PPOW_CONL

FM1
J5 J204 +26V
-1 -1 -1
Suction fan -2 -2 -2 FAN_CONT When "1", FM1 rotates.

FM2 J206 +26V


-2
Cooling fan -3 FAN_CONT When "1", FM2 rotates.
-1 FANSTS During rotation, "1".

Figure 2-107

2–13
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. Engine controller input/output (3/3)

Engine controller
Carriage
controller
J503
BJ cartridge (Bk) Bk

J504
BJ cartridge (C) C J501 J208
J502 J207

J505
BJ cartridge (M) M

J506
BJ cartridge (Y) Y

J509
+5V
-3 -3 J502 J207
-1 -4 -33 -8 LSA
Linear sensor PS8 -4 -2 -32 -9 LSB Rectanguler wave with phase
-5 -1 difference of 90˚ input
at the time of carriage
movement.
J510 +26V
-6

-4 +5V
PS9 -8 J502 J207 See"Media sensor"
LEDB (page 2-28).
-7 LEDR
Media sensor -5 REGOUT
TH1 -3 POUT
-2 -4 -37 THERM_IN
Internal temperature
-1 signal from thermistor

Figure 2-108

2–14
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

F. Summary of Operation
1. When the power switch is turned ON

AC connection

Power switch (SW1)


ON

• CPU initialization
Software initial check • ROM/RAM check
• EEPROM check

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E011xx
•E012xx
•E051xx
BJ print head presence • Presence of BJ print head
detection • Head rank measurement

No
Normal? Error indication
If there is no BJ print head, color (C, M, Y)
Yes warning and black (Bk) error are indicated. •E004xx
•W004xx

Front cover open/close


detection

No
Closed? Message indication

Yes

Close the front cover

2–15
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

• Linear encoder check


• Home position detection
Initial operation • Pump position detection
• Ink tank presence detection
• Remaining ink detection
• BJ print head reference position detection

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E003xx
•E005xx
•E007xx
• Carry out only if the carriage is not at
Purge unit operation
the home position when the power switch is turned ON.

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E003xx
•E005xx
•E007xx
Media presence detection

No
Present? Message indication

Yes

Load the media • See page 2-30 for details.

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
•E015xx

Online Offline

2–16
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. When media is loaded

Set media

Media presence detection

No
Present? Message indication

Yes

Set media.
Suction fan (FM1) • Always detect while the fan is rotating.
Cooling fan (FM2) • Rotates for 60 sec. after detection of media.
Rotation

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E01501

Front cover open/close


detection

No
Closed? Message indication

Yes

Close the front cover.


Press the up or down
arrow key.

Load the media • See page 2-30 for details.

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
Online •E015xx

2–17
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. Printing

Data reception

Check communication
condition

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E052xx
•E053xx

Front cover open/close


detection

No
Closed? Message indication

Yes

Close the front cover.


Media presence detection

No
Present? Message indication

Yes

Set media.
Load the media • See page 2-30 for details.

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E001xx
•E003xx
•E008xx
•E015xx

2–18
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Checking the time


having been left

Less than
72 hours from the No
Purge action • See page 2-48, 49, 50 for details.
previous purging?

Yes
No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E005xx

Suction fan (FM1) • Always detected when rotating


Cooling fan (FM2)
Rotation

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E01501

Data analysis

No
Normal? Warning indication

Yes •W060xx
•W061xx
•W062xx
•W063xx
•W064xx
•W065xx
•W067xx
B

2–19
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Printing started

• Always detected while printing


Check print head

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E004xx
•W004xx

End of printing

No
Cut sheet media? Cutting operation • See page 2-38 for details.

Yes

No
Normal? Error indication

Yes •E008xx

Feed the media to the printing end position.

Move the carriage to the home position

Suction fan (FM1) and cooling fan (FM2) stopped.

Offline Online

2–20
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2–21
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

II. CARRIAGE UNIT


A. Outline
Figure 2-201 shows the composition of the carriage and its driving components.
The driving force from the carriage motor (M2) is transmitted to the carriage through the
carriage belt , causing the carriage to move back and forth over the paper. The distance it moves
is controlled by counting the number of pulses of the signal transmitted from the engine control-
ler to the carriage motor.
The print signal from the engine controller is transmitted to the BJ print head mounted to the
carriage, via the carriage controller.

[2]
[1]

[3]
[11]

[4]

[10]
[5]

[6]

[9]

[8]

[7]

Figure 2-201

2–22
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

No. Name Function

[1] Linear scale Reference of printing position and print timing.

[2] Carriage motor (M2) Moves the carriage back and forth.

[3] Home position sensor (PS2) * Detects the home position.

[4] Remaining ink sensor (PS3) * Detects the ink level remaining in the ink tank.

[5] Ink tank sensor (PS4) * Detects presence of ink tank.

[6] Carriage Four BJ cartridges are mounted on the carriage and


move back and forth by the driving force from the
carriage motor (M2).

[7] Paper thickness adjustment lever Selects one of 3 distances between the head and platen.

[8] Cutter Rises and lowers according to the movement of the


carriage, cutting the roll media.

[9] Media sensor (PS9) Detects ink dot position when adjusting the print
position alignment. Also detects internal temperature
with a built-in thermistor.

[10] Carriage belt Transmits the driving force of the carriage motor (M2)
to the carriage.

[11] Carriage controller Relays the print signals issued from the engine control-
ler to the BJ print head.
Conducts serial communication with the engine
controller using the 4-bit slave CPU, and sends the
internal temperature, head temperature and head rank
information to the engine controller.
* These sensors compose the purge unit.
Table 2-201

2–23
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Carriage Motor Control


1. Outline
The carriage motor (M2) of this machine is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the back and
forth movement of the carriage. The carriage motor (M2) is controlled by the engine controller,
the main functions of which are shown below. Figure 2-202 is a block diagram of the carriage
motor control circuit.
[1] Carriage motor ON/OFF control
[2] Carriage motor direction control
[3] Carriage motor speed control
[4] Carriage motor supply current control

Engine controller PCB +26V


D/A 1
Vref 1
MTP 9 Current YMA
MTP 10 control
Vref 2 YMAN
circuit Carriage
MTP 11
CPU motor
MTP 12 YMB
driver
MTP 13
M2
MTP 14 YMBN
MTP 15 Carriage
motor

Figure 2-202

2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
Carriage motor ON/OFF is controlled by the carriage motor driver control signal (MTP12-15)
issued by the CPU to the carriage motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP12 - 15 are "0", the carriage motor driver generates motor drive pulses (YMA,
YMAN, YMB, YMBN) and the carriage motor (M2) is rotated by those pulses.
On the other hand, when MTP12-15 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the
carriage motor (M2) stops rotating.

2–24
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Direction control
The output timing of the motor drive pulses (YMA, YMAN, YMB, YMBN) from the carriage
motor driver is changed by the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-15) output from the
CPU, to control the direction of the carriage motor (M2).

c. Speed control
The speed of the carriage motor (M2) is controlled by changing the frequency of the carriage
motor current control signals (MTP9-11) and the carriage motor driver control signals (MTP12-
15) issued by the CPU.

d. Supply current control


The 2 signals (Vref1, Vref2) output from the current control circuit are controlled by the
carriage motor drive control signal (D/A1) output by the CPU, to control the current supplied to
the carriage motor (M2) by the carriage motor driver for stopping, holding, low-speed operation
and high-speed operation. By changing the carriage motor supply current according to the
current condition of the carriage motor (M2), the carriage motor (M2) is smoothly controlled.

e. Detection of problems
If a heavy load is placed on the carriage for any reason, the pulse signal output from the linear
encoder will not be detected within a specified time. The engine controller interprets this as a
problem with the carriage motor and stops it.

3. Detection of front cover open/closed


As a safety precaution against the front cover being opened while the carriage is operating, a
front cover switch (SW2) is provided.
When the front cover is opened, the front cover switch is turned OFF, the carriage motor (M2)
drive voltage (+26V) is cut off after printing 1 band, and the carriage motor stops.

2–25
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Linear Encoder
1. Outline
A linear encoder is installed on the printer to allow checking the carriage operation and ad-
justing the dot placement position on the paper. When the carriage is returning, after the home
position sensor (PS2) turns ON and the carriage has travelled an additional 12mm, that position
is considered the home position.

2. Structure

LSA/LSB Carriage
controller

1/360 inch Linear sensor

Linear scale

Figure 2-203

[1] Linear scale


Slits are printed at an interval of about 1/360 inch on a polyethylene telephthalate sheet.
[2] Linear sensor
Composed of a light emitting diode and photo diode, the sensor reads the slit pattern on
the linear scale and outputs a 2-phase rectangular wave.

3. Output signal
When the linear sensor moves along the linear scale, the photo diode detects the light coming
through the slit pattern and outputs 4 signals (A, A, B, B) to the signal processing circuit. Two
comparators output rectangular waves (LSA, LSB) with a phase difference of 90°.

2–26
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Linear sensor Carriage controller Engine controller


Light emitting unit Light sensing unit J502
-3 +5V

Photo Comparator
diode
A
J214
+ LSA

circuit
Signal processing
LED
-4 -8
A
- Gate
B
+ LSB -2 -9 array
B -

Lens -1

Linear scale

LSA LSA

LSB LSB
Position Position
When carriage is advancing When carriage is retracting

Figure 2-204

4. Control
The engine controller controls and checks b. Carriage operation
as follows, based on the A and B-phase The LSA signal has a phase difference of
signals (LSA, LSB). -90° to the LSB signal when the carriage is
• Control of ink discharge timing advancing and a phase difference of +90°
• Control of carriage operation when the carriage is returning, enabling the
• Detection of carriage position engine controller to control the carriage
operation and direction.
a. Ink discharge timing
The LTCLK signal is generated synchro- c. Carriage position
nously with the rising edge of the LSA pulse The carriage position is detected by count-
when the carriage advances, and with the ing the LSA rising edges when the carriage is
falling edge of the LSA pulse when the advancing and the LSA falling edges when
carriage returns, so that the ink dot position the carriage is returning.
is properly adjusted on the paper.

2–27
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

D. Media Sensor
1. Outline
The printer is provided with a media sensor to detect the width and skew of the paper, the
internal temperature, and to enable automatic head adjustment. The media sensor is located on
the carriage unit and composed of a red and a blue LED and one reflective photo sensor. When
automatically adjusting the head, to detect the cyan line pattern, the red LED is lit, and to detect
the black, magenta and yellow line patterns, the blue LED is lit.

Engine controller Carrriage controller Media sensor


+24V

J508 J504
REGLEDR -10 LED -1 LEDR Red
J214 lighting
circuit (red)
-31

D/A-C J214
-32
J504 Blue
J508
LED -7 LEDB
REGLEDB - 9 lighting
J508 circuit (blue) J504
J214
- -7 -6 POUT
AMP
J214
CPU -37 THERM_IN THERME
TH1

Figure 2-205

2. Paper width detection


When paper is picked up, the blue LED in the media sensor are switched on, and if the re-
flected light level is insufficient, the red LED also is switched on. The carriage is moved while
lighting the proper LEDs (blue, red or both) and the right edge of the paper is detected when the
carriage advances and the left edge when returning. The output pulses from the linear encoder
are counted from when the carriage leaves the home position until the paper edges are detected,
and the paper width is determined from the difference between the counted values at the time of
advancing and returning.
When the paper width is less than 250.0mm, an error code is displayed on the operation panel.
If the right or left edge of the paper is detected as out of the reference position by more than
5mm, an error code (E00162) is indicated.

2–28
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. Skew detection
By comparing the detected right edge position of the paper after a certain volume of paper has
been fed, with the position of the right edge detected during the paper width detection operation,
paper skew can be detected.

[1] Roll media


After the paper width detection, the paper is fed for approximately 300mm to detect skew.
Roll media
Skew detection

300mm

Paper width detection

Figure 2-206
[2] Cut sheets
After the paper width detection, the paper is reverse fed for approx. 300mm for the first skew
detection. The paper is then fed further back, and when the rear edge passes the media sensor,
the paper is fed back for approx. 50mm from the leading edge and a second skew detection takes
place.
However, if the leading edge passes by the media sensor before the paper is fed for approx.
300mm, the paper is returned approx. 50mm from that position, and skew detection is conducted.

Cut sheet

Paper width detection

Approx. 300mm

Paper width detection


Skew
detection 1
Skew Approx. Skew detection
Approx. 50mm detection 2 50mm

Figure 2-207

2–29
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

If the skew value is more than the specified amount, the paper is determined to be skewed.
The skew value here is the divergence between the paper's right edge at the time of paper width
detection and the right edge at the time of skew detection.
When paper skew is detected, the printer returns the carriage to the home position and stops
operation.

Cut sheet loading sequence Roll media loading sequence

Loading started Loading started

Leading edge detection Leading edge detection*

Paper width detection Paper width detection

Paper is fed backward Paper is fed foward


approx. 300mm approx. 300 mm

Skewed feed detection


Paper leading No
edge detection

Yes Skewed feed detection No


Normal?

Yes
No
Normal?
Loading completed Skewed feed error processed
Yes

Leading edge detection


* For continuous printing of roll paper, this process is
performed only when "Cut" in "Auto Cut" is selected.
Approx. 50mm of paper
from the leading edge is fed

Skewed feed detection

No
Normal?

Yes

Loading completed Skewed feed error processed

Figure 2-208

2–30
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

4. Light compensation
The media sensor brightness is automatically compensated for at the time of paper width
detection and automatic print position adjustment. The carriage is advanced for approx. 200mm,
the light quantity on the paper is compensated for in the order of blue and red, and then the light
quantity on the platen is compensated for in the order of blue and red.

5. Auto band adjustment


Errors in band placement due to mechanical tolerances of the head nozzles and media feeding
system can be automatically corrected.

a. Pattern
First, 2 ruled lines are printed using 10 nozzles from among 160 nozzles of the BJ print head,
from the 4th one from both ends to the 14th one (pattern 1). The interval between the centers of
these 2 rule lines corresponds to 144 nozzles. Then, the media is sent ahead for the distance
corresponding to 144 nozzles and 3 ruled lines (pattern 2) are printed. The paper feed motor
rotates twice for the above process (3200 steps).
Finally, the media is again advanced a distance corresponding to 144 nozzles, and one ruled
line (pattern 3) is printed. This printing of patterns 1 to 3 is repeated 5 times.

b. Measurement and adjustment


The interval between ruled lines A and B of pattern 1 is measured, and then the interval
between ruled line A of pattern 1 and ruled line A of pattern 2 is measured. The intervals are
compared, and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Similarly, the interval between ruled lines B and C of pattern 2 and the interval between ruled
line B of pattern 2 and ruled line A of the pattern 3 are measured. The intervals are compared
and the feeding distance corresponding to 1 band of the paper feed motor is adjusted.
Pattern 1
A
Pattern 2
B A B
3 nozzles
5 nozzles
C A
144 nozzles
Pattern 3
5 nozzles
3 nozzles
Fig2-209
2–31
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

6. Automatic print position adjustment


When cartridges are installed on the carriage, the nozzle positions of the cartridges may be
displaced, causing displacement of dots of different colors on the paper. The automatic print
position adjustment compensates for this displacement.
The head is automatically adjusted vertically (paper feeding) and horizontally (carriage move-
ment) as follows.

a. Vertical adjustment (paper feed)


The line patterns for 1 band in the horizontal direction are printed in the order of black, cyan,
magenta, and yellow as the carriage moves backward and forward. Then black lines for 1 band
are printed as the carriage moves backward. This process is repeated 15 times.
The distance between the center of the second black line patterns and the center of the color
pattern is measured for each of the 15 sets, the average value is calculated, and the calibration
value is determined.

b. Horizontal adjustment (carriage movement)


As before, line patterns in the vertical direction are printed, and the distance between the
center values of the black line patterns and color patterns are measured and divided into 29
intervals, the average value is calculated to determine the compensation value. Theoretically the
horizontal adjustment is accurate to 1/270 dot. The adjustment covers 6 cases as follows.
(1) The tolerances of the carriage drive components can cause the positions of ink dots on the
media to shift. The printer detects the shifted value of the black line pattern with medium
drops printed as the carriage moves forward with a drive frequency of 7.2kHz, and corrects
the standard position where ink is placed.
(2) When the carriage moves forward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(3) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with small drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(4) When the carriage moves backward, the divergence between the black line pattern printed
with large drops at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the color line pattern is adjusted.
(5) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 7.2kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.
(6) The divergence between the black line pattern when the carriage moves forward and
backward at a drive frequency of 14.4kHz and the line pattern is adjusted.

2–32
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

CAUTION
Whenever a BJ print head is removed and reinstalled, or the head-to-paper gap is adjusted,
the automatic print position adjustment must be conducted.

Vertical 15
adjustment

14 Backforwad printing

13
: Black
Forward printing
: Cyan
1 : Magenta
: Yellow
Backward Forward Forward
printing printing printing Backward rinting

Horizontal 14.4kHz Black : medium dots


adjustment 1st printing is forward
2nd printing is backward
7.2kHz Black : medium dots
1st printing is forward
2nd printing is backward
Printed backward at 7.2kHz
Black: large dots

Printed backward at 7.2kHz


Black: small dots

Printed forward at 7.2kHz


Black: small dots

Printed forward at 7.2kHz


Black : medium dots

29 28 2 1

Figure 2-210

2–33
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

E. Detection of the Ink Tank


1. Outline
The printer has an ink tank detection function. When an ink tank is not installed, an error
message appears on the message display and the ink and head condition is indicated by a blink-
ing hyphen ("–").

2. Method of detecting the ink tank


The presence of the ink tank is detected by the ink tank detection sensor (PS4) installed on the
purge unit when the carriage returns to the home position, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan,
and black. The ink tank detection sensor uses a reflective type photo sensor. The existence of
the ink tank is detected by whether or not light is reflected from the bottom surface of the tank.
When the ink tank is installed, light from the sensor is reflected from the bottom surface of the
tank and returns to the light receiving unit, causing the ink tank detection signal (TANK) to be
"0". When no ink tank is installed, light is not reflected back to the light receiving unit, and the
ink tank detection signal (TANK) becomes "1".
Figure 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.

Figure 2-211

2–34
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

F. Remaining Ink Detection


1. Outline
The printer has a remaining ink detection function. The remaining ink is detected at 2 levels.
When the ink in the ink tank chamber is used up, the ink condition on the message display is
shown in lower case letters.
If the ink in the tank's sponge is used up, when the printing of that page is completed, the ink
condition on the message display is indicated by a hyphen ("–").
The ink condition indications are shown in Table 2-202.

Display Condition
Capital letters Ink is sufficient

Lower No ink in ink chamber


case letters
Hyphen ("–") No ink in chamber and sponge
Blinking No ink tank
hyphen

Table 2-202

2–35
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Method of detecting remaining ink


The ink remaining in the ink chamber is detected by the remaining ink sensor (PS3) installed
on the purge unit, in the order of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black when the carriage returns to
the home position. The remaining ink sensor (PS3) uses a reflective prism. The light from the
sensor is reflected back by the prism in the bottom of the ink tank, and returns to the light receiv-
ing unit. When there is ink in the chamber, the light is absorbed by the ink and does not reflect
back to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) is "1". When there is no
ink in the chamber, the light is reflected back by the prism to the light receiving unit, and the
remaining ink signal (INK1_IN) changes from "1" to "0". When the ink tank is not installed,
there is no prism, the light is not returned to the light receiving unit, and the remaining ink signal
(INK1_IN) is "1".

When the ink in the chamber is exhausted, remaining ink is calculated by counting dots. The
number of ink dots discharged from the head are counted by the gate array on the engine control-
ler and the counted value is sent to the CPU for each band. The CPU adds the dot counts sent to
it and the number of suction times (number of sucked dots) and the total is stored in the
EEPROM. When the total number of ink dots reaches a specified value (the amount of ink held
by the sponge), the indication of the ink status on the message display is changed.
Fig. 2-213 is a flow chart of the ink tank detection and remaining ink detection process.
Ink tank detection/remaining ink detection flow chart

ink chamber

Figure 2-212

2–36
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Ink tank detection

Is there an No
Error Message indication
ink tank?
Yes

Remaining ink detection

No Ink tank's ink


chamber empty?
• State indication is displayed
Yes in lower-case letters.

Dot counting started

Dot count (gate array)

Counted dot values


added (CPU)

Counted dot total • The recovded dot count total


stored (EEPROM) returns to 0 when the ink tank is
replaced.

Has the
No specified volume been
consumed based on the
dot count total?

Yes

No Ink/head status indicated


by hyphen

Figure 2-213

2–37
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

G. Cutter Unit 2. Cutting operation


1. Outline When roll media is cut, the carriage
The Cutter unit is installed on the carriage. advances to the left side of the platen and the
As the carriage moves, the cutter lowers, cutter hook is released by the cutter guide at
cutting the roll media. The Cutter unit is the left edge of the guide rail. The cutter is
moved up and down along the slope of the lowered by its spring.
platen to prevent cutting failure, and a paper The carriage cuts the roll media while
retainer is provided to cut the paper while returning, and the cutter rises along the cutter
compensating its slackness or unevenness. slope on the right side of the guide rail and is
To maintain cutting quality, the blade stored there.
position can be switched through 5 stages by Cutter unit
turning a dial. Cutter release section

For safety, the Cutter unit is designed not


to be removed from the carriage when the
cutter blade is out.

REFERENCE Cutter

Roll media is cut as follows.


• After new roll media is picked up,
80mm is cut to straighten the front
edge.
• After the roll media is printed, the rear
edge is cut.
• When the FORCE CUT function is
executed, the roll media is cut.

Paper

Platen

Figure 2-214

2–38
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

III. BJ CARTRIDGE
A. BJ Cartridge
1. Overview
Four colors of BJ cartridges are used in this printer: black (Bk), cyan (C), magenta (M), and
yellow (Y). The BJ print head and ink tank are separable for each color.

2. Structure
Configuration of the BJ cartridge is shown below.

[13] [1]

[2]

[12] [3]
[8]
[4] [7]
[11]

[10] [5]

[9]

[6]

Figure 2-301

2–39
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

No. Name Function


[1] Tank packing Seals between the ink tank and ink pipe to prevent leakage.
[2] Ink filter Filters the ink to prevent foreign matter from entering the ink
passage.
[3] Cartridge body A case accommodating and connecting the head unit and ink
tank.
[4] Ink pipe Passage between ink tank and ink guide
[5] Ink guide Passage between the ink pipe and head unit
[6] Head packing Seals between the ink guide and BJ head unit to prevent ink
from leaking.
[7] Wiper cleaner Wipes off ink attached to the wiper.
[8] Head unit Accepts ink from the ink guide and discharges ink by the print
signal.
[9] Head holder A holder to mount the head unit through the ink guide.
[10] Tank body A case accommodating the ink sponge
[11] Ink supplier Feeds the ink from the ink sponge to the ink pipe under
constant pressure
[12] Ink sponge Sponge soaked with ink
[13] Atmospheric air pas- A hole and groove on the plate and label stuck to it compose
sage plate an atmospheric air passage between the inside and outside of
the ink tank. It prevents pressure variations in the cartridge,
due to ink consumption or environmental conditions, for
stable supply of ink to the head unit.

Table 2-301

2–40
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3. BJ print head
Ink from the ink sponge is filtered through the mesh-like ink filter and fed to the head unit
through the ink pipe of the cartridge body.
The ink is then sent to the nozzle through the joint pipe.
When head drive current flows to the heater plate in the nozzle, the ink boils in multiple
bubbles, which soon become one bubble.
The head drive current is stopped before the ink drop leaves the nozzle, but bubbling contin-
ues from residual heat in the heater, and ink drops are ejected from the nozzle hole.
After the ink drops are ejected from the nozzle, the nozzle is filled with ink again from the ink
sponge due to capillary action.

REFERENCE
The print head uses semiconductor technology, with the heaters and their circuits on a
silicon plate.
The silicon plate, with these electrical circuits, is bonded to an aluminum plate, which is
attached to the plastic cover housing the nozzles.

Signal circuit
Ultra thin wire
connecting section Print board

Protective bond for


wire connecting section
Silicone plate
Aluminum base plate
Large heater
Small heater
Bubble jet nozzle
The heater power Ink flow from the ink sponge
is applied
The heater power
continues
The heater Ink filter
power is shut off
The bubble shrinks Joint pipe
and an ink drop is Plastic cover
formed
Common ink chamber
Ink drops are ejected
Face plate (Part of plastic cover)

Figure 2-302
2–41
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

4. Nozzle arrangement
160 nozzles are arranged vertically in one line at a spacing of 1/360 in.
Nozzle arrangement on the BJ print head is shown below.

Nozzle 1

Nozzle 160

Figure 2-303

In the monochrome mode, 1 band is printed at a maximum width of 160 nozzles (approxi-
mately 11.3mm) .
However, in color mode, 4 BJ print heads are used, and the printer must compensate for
variations in discharge due to each printhead installation tolerance and nozzle tolerance. For this
reason, though the head is composed of 160 nozzles, one band has a width corresponding to 144
nozzles at the maximum (about 10.2mm), and the particular nozzles used on the printhead of
each color are determined each time that “Auto Adjust” of the “Adjustment” menu is executed.

2–42
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. BJ Print head Drive


1. Construction of electric head unit
The figure below is a block diagram of the BJ print head drive control circuit.

VH
Rank resistance
RANK
GNDH
SUBH
Sub-heater X2
ODD
EVEN *
Heater 1A
1 1A
ODATA
Heater 1B
1B
Heater 2A
2A
2
HSEL1A Heater 2B
2B
HSEL1B
Heater 3A
HSEL2A 3A
3
HSEL2B Heater 3B
HENB1A 3B
HENB1B
HENB2A Heater 5A
5A
HENB2B 5
Heater 7A
7A
7
320-bit Tr.Array
160bit Shift register

160-bitLatch

Heater 9A
160 9A
9
Heater 9B
9B

112
Heater 112B
112B
TA Heater 113A
113A
113
Heater 113B
113B
VDD
GNDL
159
Heater 159B
159B
Heater 160A
160A
160
Heater 160B
160B
IODATA
DCLK
RESET
HSEL1A
HSEL1B
HSEL2B
HSEL2A
HENB1A
HENB1B
HENB2A
HENB2B

LTCLK

DIR Serial transfer unit

2 4
Decoder 0
BENB0 1
2
BENB1 3

DIA
Head temperature
sensor
DIK

* Heater A: Large heater


Heater B: Small heater

Figure 2-304

2–43
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

• 160-bit shift register • Sub-heater


The serial ODATA signal from the engine Head temperature adjusting heater for
controller is converted to parallel image data stable ink efection.
using the DCLK signal timing. The engine controller drives the sub-
heater according to the temperature detected
• 160-bit latch by the head temperature sensor and internal
Outputs image data transferred from the temperature thermistor (TH1) in the media
160-bit shift register using the LTCLK signal sensor (PS9), and the print mode.
timing.
• Rank resistance
• 2 → 4 decoder Variation of heater characteristics of each
BENB0 and BENBI signals are used to head is classified into 24 ranks.
create 4 timing signals to heat all heaters. The engine controller reads the resistance
values as voltage values at the A/D port of
• AND gates the CPU, in order to provide the best dis-
These gates combine and outpt the parallel charge control for each head.
image data (IDATA), the timing signals
generated from the 2→4 decoder, and the • Head temperature sensor
ODD, EVEN, HSEL and HENB signals. Changes in temperature which occur due
to the ink flow rate in the nozzles are de-
• 320-bit transistor array tected with a diode.
Supplies power to the heaters, as con- The engine controller reads the head
trolled by the outputs of the AND gates. temperature sensor output voltage at the A/D
port of the CPU and converts it to a digital
• Heater-boards 1A - 160B temperature for discharge control and over
The heaters inside the nozzles are heated heating protection.
when power is supplied.
Two types of heaters, large and small, are • Serial transfer unit
used in each nozzle. Ink discharge varies Transmits data in both directions using the
depending on the combination of the power data input/output terminal (IODATA).
supply to the 2 heaters.

2–44
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2. Print signal
The BJ print head is controlled as follows.
Approx. 70µs (14.4kHz)/
Approx. 130µs (7.7kHz)

LTCLK
0 1 2 3 4 160
ODATA Data transfer to shift register
DCLK
ODD
EVEN
1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1)
BENB 0
1(0) 0(1) 1(0) 0(1) Drive of head divided into 8
BENB 1
1(0) 0(1)
HSEL 1A,1B
1(0) 0(1)
HSEL 2A,2B Variable Pre-pulse
pulse width
HENB 1A,1B
Main pulse
HENB 2A,2B
1 block

Figure 2-305

The image data (ODATA) transmitted to the shift register using the DCLK timing is trans-
ferred to the latch using the LTCLK timing by the signal from the linear encoder.
The BENB0 and BENBI signals are divided into 4 signals by the 2→4 decoder and the
nozzles are controlled in 4 groups.
The HSEL1 and HSEL 2 signals also control the nozzles in 4 groups.
Finally, each block is further divided into 2 by the ODD and EVEN signals and the nozzles
are divided into 8 groups. By dividing the head drive in this way, the power supply load is
reduced and ink filling delays are prevented.
The HENB signals use a pre-pulse to increase the head temperature to a proper value before
the main pulse discharges the ink. The pulse widths are varied according to the head rank and
head temperature sensor for an even ink discharge rate.
These signals are input to the AND gates together with the image data (ODATA) and each
heater is driven by the output.
The HSEL and HENB signals correspord to heaters large and small. By combining these
signals in the various ways, the volume of ink discharged from the nozzles is controlled to form
3 drop sizes as follows:
• Large dot: Both large and small heaters are driven.
• Middle dot: Only large heater is driven.
• Small dot: Only small heater is driven.

2–45
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

IV. PURGE UNIT


A. Outline
The purge unit provides both a capping function to prevent the head from drying out, and to
prevent dust and other foreign substances from attaching, as well as a head cleaning function to
maintain the print head's condition.
These functions are controlled by the purge motor (M3) and the wiper solenoid (SL1).

[2]
[1]
[3]

[4]
[5]

[11]

[10]

[9]
[8]

[7]
[6]

Figure 2-401

2–46
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

The purge unit is composed of the units below.

No. Name Function

[1] Wiper Lifts up when the carriage returns and wipes ink off the head
surfaces (C, M, Y, Bk).

[2] Remaining ink sensor (PS3)* Detects ink remaining in the ink tank.

[3] Ink tank sensor (PS4)* Detects presence of ink tank.

[4] Caps Press against the heads when capping and purging. The caps
are connected to the carriage tube to carry the purged waste
ink into the tube.

[5] Home position sensor (PS2)* Detects the capping position of the carriage.

[6] Purge motor (M3) Rotates the pump roller.

[7] Pump home position sensor (PS1) Detects the pump roller capping position.

[8] Pump roller Generates suction by squeezing the ink carriage tube.

[9] Waste ink carriage tube Carries waste ink to the waste ink absorber unit.

[10] Wiper solenoid (SL1) Raises the wiper.

[11] Waste ink absorber unit Connected to the waste ink carriage tube. Accumulates waste
ink.

* Refer to "II. Carriage unit" for details of these sensors.

Table 2-401

2–47
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

Purge operation is carried out in the


following steps.
a. Purge sequence when powered b. Purge sequence when user cleaning
ON is executed
(Ink consumed: approx. 0.5g) (Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)

Power switch (SW1) User cleaning


ON

Suction
Is carriage at No
home position?
Uncapping
Yes

Carriage initial Move the carriage to


Suction
operations the home position

Carriage initial
Capping
Capping operations

Wait for 2 sec.

Suction

Wiping twice

Wiping
Maintenance jet

Capping
Uncapping

Suction
Stand-by

Capping

Stand-by

2–48
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

c. Purge sequence when printing


(Ink consumed: approx. 0.16g)
Data reception

A
72 hours elapsed after No
the last discharge
Printing started
Yes

Suction Wiping
Wiping

Uncapping
Maintenance jet Maintenance jet

Suction

Capping

Stand by for 2 sec. Printing ended

Wipe twice Wiping

Maintenance jet Maintenance jet

Uncapping Suction

Suction Capping

Capping Stand-by

2–49
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

d. Purge sequence at the time of head re-


placement/ink tank replacement
(Ink consumed : approx, 0.65g)

Replace the head or


ink tank

Suction of
appropriate head Wiping

Maintenance jet
Uncapping

Suction
Suction

Capping
Capping

Stand-by
Stand by for about 2 sec.

2–50
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Capping Function
1. Outline
The carriage of this machine stands by at the home position. Duming this time, the caps of
the purge unit are pressed against the BJ print heads to prevent the nozzles from drying out and
to keep out dust.

2. Operation
When printing is completed, the carriage is returned to the home position and all the caps are
lifted and pushed against the head face. The caps are lifted and lowered by the movement of the
carriage.

Figure 2-402

2–51
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Head Cleaning b. Operation


1. Outline 1) Before starting the printing process, the
Head cleaning consists of wiping ink and carriage is moved to the specified position
dust from the head face plate, maintenance on the left side of the wiper. The wiper
jet to adjust the head conditions, and sucking solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and the wiper
up the ink and air bubbles in the nozzles. is lifted up.
2) The carriage is moved in reverse, and ink
2. Wiping attached to the head (Y) surface is wiped
a. Outline off. The ink on the wiper is wiped off by
When the carriage moves backward the the wiper cleaner installed in the BJ print
wiper solenoid (SL1) is turned ON and lifts head.
the wiper up and wipes the ink from the head
surfaces. Ink attached to the wiper is ab- Carriage moves in backward direction
sorbed by the wiper cleaner of the BJ print
head.
BJ print head

Wiper
Wiper cleaner

Carriage moves in backward direction

Figure 2-404
Figure 2-403

2–52
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

3) The carriage continues moving in c. Timing


backward direction, wiping the Y head, M Wiping is conducted under the following
head, C head and Bk head. conditions.
[1] Before printing
4) After wiping the Bk head, the wiper Before the printing process is started, the
solenoid is turned OFF and the wiper is wiping is carried out once.
lowered. [2] After the suction operations
After completion of suction, the caps are
5) The carriage is moved onto the purge unit released and wiping is carried out once.
and carries out the maintenance jet to the [3] Dot count wiping
caps. The number of dots of ink discharged
from each head since the start of printing
is counted. When the count for a certain
REFERENCE
When the drive frequency is 14.4kHz, head exceeds the specified value, the
only the Bk head is wiped. head is wiped after the current printing of
a band is completed. The count value is
cleared to 0 when printing is started and
after wiping.

3. Maintenance jet
a. Outline
Pre-discharge refers to discharging ink
onto the cap for the purpose of removing ink
which has dried and thickened in the nozzles,
preventing the mixing of ink at the head after
wiping, or adjusting the condition of the
nozzles before starting to print. Maintenance
jet uses large dots.

2–53
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Timing 4. Suction
Ink is ejected into the caps in the order of a. Outline
the heads (Bk, C, M and Y) under the follow- The cap is pressed against the head and
ing conditions. the thickened ink and air bubbles in the
[1] When printing is to be started nozzles are removed by suction.
Just before printing is started, The cap is connected to the waste ink
maintenance jet is performed. absorber unit by the waste ink carriage tube.
[2] During printing Removed ink is carried to the waste ink
The timing of the maintenance jet during absorber unit by vacuum. Each application
printing is based on the internal tempera- of suction removes, about 0.2g of ink.
ture detected by the thermister in the
media sensor. b. Operation
The maintenance jet timer is reset after Suction operation is classified into all-
the maintenance jet is conducted. color suction, color suction and black suc-
[3] After wiping tion.
After wiping, ink is pre-discharged into Suction is effected by rotating the guide
the caps. However, when the drive roller, which is driven by the purge motor
frequency is 14.4kHz, it is not con- (M3) in the purge unit.
ducted. The guide roller position is detected by
the pump home position sensor (PS1). The
position where the guide roller has rotated 40
degrees from the pump home position is
considered to be the guide roller stand- by
position.
When the guide roller is rotated for cap-
ping, the cam starts to squeeze the waste ink
carriage tube at a point 43 degrees from the
pump home position.

2–54
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

After the guide roller has rotated 160 de- c. Timing


grees, it is stopped for about 2 seconds. The [1] User cleaning 1
waste ink carriage tube which was squeezed The user can perform the cleaning
recovers during this period, and suction is operation for all heads.
generated, sucking ink from the color head • One suction operation occurs for all
nozzles. The guide roller then rotates 223 heads.
degrees, where the cam for the black head [2] User cleaning 2
starts to squeeze the waste ink carriage tube. The user can perform the cleaning
After the guide roller has rotated 340 operation for the Bk head.
degrees, it is stopped for about 3 seconds, • One suction operation occurs for the
while the waste ink carriage tube recovers, Bk head.
sucking ink from the black head nozzles. [3] User cleaning 3
The guide roller then, rotates to the home When an ink tank is removed and
position. then reinstalled, the user can perform
When sucking only color ink, the black the cleaning operation for at head.
ink cap is released, so that no black suction • Three suction operations occur for the
occurs. corresponding head.
[4] Suction for a replaced ink tank
After printing is completed, the caps of all When an ink tank is replaced, head
the heads are released, and the guide roller is cleaning is conducted.
rotated 4 times to move ink that has accumu- • Three suction operations occur for all
lated in the waste ink carriage tube to the heads, color head, or the Bk head.
waste ink absorber unit. [5] Suction for replaced BJ print head
Guide When a BJ print head is replaced, head
roller
cleaning is conducted.
Head
Cap • Four suction operations occur for all

Pressurizing heads.
cam Carriage
(for black tube
ink)
Pressurizing
70˚ cam
(for color ink)
40˚
Actuator
Waste Purge position sensor
ink tank M3

Purge motor

Figure 2-405
2–55
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

[6] Suction by timer D. Waste Ink Absorber Unit


If 72 hours elapse with no suction 1. Waste ink absorber unit
operations, head cleaning will be car- Waste ink is removed from the head
ried out in the next standby mode. nozzles by the suction operation, sent to the
• One suction operation occurs for the waste ink absorber unit through the waste ink
corresponding head. carriage tube by vacuum, and absorbed by
[7] Suction by dot count the waste ink absorber unit.
The number of dots of ink discharged The waste ink level is measured by count-
since the last suction operation is ing dots. When the specified count is ex-
counted and stored in the RAM on the ceeded, a warning message indicating a full
engine controller. When this dot count waste ink absorber unit is shown on the
exceeds the specified value, head clean- message display, and the printer is stopped
ing operations are conducted after the after completion of the current printing
completion of printing. process.
The dot count is cleared to 0 after
each suction operation, and when the BJ CAUTION
print head is replaced. • After the waste ink absorber unit is
• One suction operation occurs for the replaced, the dot count for the waste
corresponding head. ink absorber unit should always be
cleared in the service mode.
• When replacing the engine controller,
be sure to follow the procedures on
page 5-12, to allow the count stored in
the EEPROM to be renewed.

2–56
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

V. FEEDER UNIT
A. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) drives the paper feed roller to feed the paper. The existence of
paper is detected by the PE sensor (PS6).
A diagram of the feeder unit is shown below.

[2]
[3]

[1]

[1] Paper feed roller [4]

[2] Pinch roller unit


[3] PE sensor (PS6)
[4] Paper feed motor (M1)

Figure 2-501

2–57
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Paper Feed Motor Control


1. Outline
The paper feed motor (M1) is a 2-phase stepping motor. It controls the rotation of the paper
feed roller. The paper feed motor is controlled by the engine controller. Its major functions are
shown below. Figure 2-502 is a block diagram of the paper feed motor control circuit.
[1] Paper feed motor ON/OFF control
[2] Paper feed motor rotation direction control
[3] Paper feed motor rotation speed control
[4] Paper feed motor supply current control

Engine controller +26V


D/A 0
Vref 1
MTP 1 Current XMA
MTP 2 control
circuit Vref 2 XMAN
Paper
MTP 3 feed
CPU MTP 4 motor XMB
driver
MTP 5
M1
MTP 6 XMBN
MTP 7 Paper feed
motor

Figure 2-502

2. Operation
a. ON/OFF control
The feed motor is switched ON and OFF by the paper feed motor driver control signal (MTP
4 to 7) issued by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver on the engine controller.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "0", the paper feed motor (M1) rotates when the paper feed motor
driver generates the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper feed
motor drive control signal (MTP 4 to 7) input from the CPU.
When MTP 4 to 7 are "1", no motor drive pulses are generated and the paper feed motor (M1)
stops rotating.

2–58
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Control of rotation direction


The output timing of the motor drive pulses (XMA, XMAN, XMB, XMBN) from the paper
feed motor driver is controlled by the paper feed motor driver control signals (MTP 4 to 7)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver, in order to control the rotation direction of the
paper feed motor (M1).

c. Control of rotation speed


By changing the frequency of the paper feed motor current control signals (MTP 1 to 3)
output by the CPU to the paper feed motor driver and the paper feed motor driver control signals
(MTP 4 to 7), the rotation speed of the paper feed motor (M1) is controlled.

d. Supply current control


By changing the combination of 2 signals (Vref 1, Vref 2) output from the current control
circuit by the paper feed motor drive control signal (D/A 0) output from the CPU, the current
output from the paper feed motor driver to the paper feed motor is set up for stopping, holding,
low speed rotation and high speed rotation. The paper feed motor supply current is changed
according to the rotation condition of the paper feed motor for smooth rotation.

2–59
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

C. Feeding Operation 3) The carriage is returned to the home


1. Outline position and the paper width is detected.
Paper feeding is classified into three 4) The carriage is advanced to a position
modes as follows : about 200mm to the left of the home
• Paper loading position, the paper is fed backward, and
• Paper feeding during printing the media sensor (PS9) detects the skew
• Paper delivery of the paper.
By setting paper at the pinch roller and ON LINE
Media sensor
pushing the up or down arrow key, the paper (PS9)

feed motor (M1) rotates and sets up the


Approx.30mm
paper. When data is received and printing is PE sensor (PS6)
started, the paper is fed forward 1 band width
at a time.
Media sensor
(PS9)

2. Loading paper
a. Cut sheet PE sensor (PS6)

1) When paper is set at the pinch roller and Figure 2-503


the PE sensor (PS6) detects the paper, the
suction fan turns on to suck the paper onto 5) The paper is fed further backward. When
the platen, preventing the paper from the paper front end passes by the
lifting away from the platen during print- carriage's media sensor (PS9) , the car-
ing. riage stops after a switch-back operation.
2) By pressing the up or down arrow key, Before the media sensor detects the paper
the carriage advances about 200mm and front edge, the paper length is determined
adjustes the light of the media sensor by counting the clock pulses sent to the
(PS9). At the same time, the paper feed paper feed motor (M1).
motor (M1) is rotated to feed the paper
forward about 30mm and detects whether Media sensor
the paper is cut sheet or roll media using (PS9)

the PE sensor (PS6).


Thereafter paper is fed backward and the
PE sensor
media trailing edge sensor (PS6) detects (PS6)

the rear edge of the paper. Figure 2-504

2–60
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

b. Roll media
REFERENCE
1) When the paper is set and the media • Paper length detection is not con-
trailing edge sensor detects the paper, the ducted for roll media.
suction fan operates to suck the paper on • After loading the paper, it can be fed
to the platen. This prevents the paper from back and forth by pressing the up and
lifting away from the platen during print- down arrow keys.
ing. • After completion of printing on roll
2) By pressing the upper or down arrow media, the carriage is moved to detect
key, the carriage is advanced about the top edge of the paper, to make sure
200mm to adjust the light of the media the cutting operation was successful.
sensor (PS9). At the same time, the paper
feed motor (M1) is rotated, feeding the
paper forward about 30mm. Whether the
3. Paper feeding during printing
paper is cut sheet or roll media is detected
Paper is fed during printing, alternately
by the media trailing edge sensor.
with the carriage.
3) The carriage is returned to the home
When print data is received, the paper is
position and the paper width is detected.
fed to the print start position and then the
4) After the carriage is advanced to a posi-
carriage moves to print 1 band. During the
tion about 200mm to the left of the home
printing operation, the paper feed motor
position, paper is fed backward and the
(M1) stops.
media sensor (PS9) detects the skew of
After printing 1 band, the paper feed
the paper.
motor rotates and feeds the paper forward for
Thereafter paper is fed backward.
the next band. While the paper is being fed,
When the paper front edge passes
the carriage motor (M2) stops. Then the next
through the media sensor (PS9), the paper
band is printed.
feeding stops after switch-back operation.
This feeding cycle of stop, rotation and
stop of the paper feed motor (M1) is repeated
unit the final band is printed. When there is
no data to be printed for the next band, the
paper is fed to reach the next position for a
band containing data.

2–61
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

4. Feeding operation
For cut sheets, the paper is fed until the
paper rear edge reaches a position 3mm
behind the pinch roller, after printing is
completed.
When roll media is cut, the paper is fed to
the position to be cut.
When roll media is not cut, the paper is
fed to the position where the next printing
will start.

5. PE sensor
Existence of paper is detected by the PE
sensor (PS6) installed on the lower right side
of the platen.
The sensor is a reflective-type photo
interruptor. It detects the existence of paper
and the rear edge of the paper by the exist-
ence of light reflected from the paper.

PE sensor (PS6)

Figure 2-505

2–62
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

VI. FAN
The two fans shown in the figure below function as shown in Table 2-601.

FM2
FM1

Figure 2-601

Symbol Name Fan direction Function


FM1 Suction fan Suction Pulls the paper onto the platen to prevent it
from floating up.
FM2 Cooling fan Suction Discharges the heat generated by the DC power
supply unit.

Table 2-601

2–63
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

• Suction fan (FM1)


When the PE sensor detects the paper, the fan drive signal (FAN_CONT) changes to "1" and
the suction fan (FM1) runs.
The suction fan continues to run constantly while the paper is being transported during the
printing operation, to prevent the paper from floating away from the platen. However, if the
platen does not carry the media even though the PE sensor detects the media, the suction fan
stops after 60 seconds.
To carry the paper after the suction fan stops, the printer starts the suction fan again and starts
the carriage operation.

• Cooling fan (FM2)


The cooling fan (FM2) runs at the same time as the suction fan (FM1), discharging the air
heated by the DC power supply, to prevent the power supply from overheating. If the cooling
fan rotation signal (FANSTS) is not detected while the cooling fan is running, error code
"E01501" is indicated on the message display.

Engine controller
J5 J204
FM1 +26V
-1 -1 -1 N F
+
Suction Fan
-2 -2 -2
+5V +5V

J206
FM2
-1 FANSTS
Cooling Fan -2
-3
+5V

FAN_CONT

Figure 2-602

2–64
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

VII. POWER SUPPLY


A. Power Supply Outline
Figure 2-701 is a block diagram which shows the power supply system for the printer.

Power switch

SW1 AC100 to 240 V

+5V
Switch

+26V
Paper Feed motor

+26V
Carriage motor

+26V
Purge motor

+26V
Solenoid
+26V

Engine +26V
Fan motor
controller
DC power
+5V
supply +5V Sensors

+5V
+24V BJ cartridge
+5V

Carriage +5V
Controller Media
+26V +26V sensor

+5V
Linear sensor

+5V Image +5V Operation


controller panel

Figure 2-701

2–65
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

B. Power Circuit C. Power Circuit Protection


1. AC power supply On the DC power supply, fuse F1 is
By plugging in the power cord and turning provided on the primary side as a safety
the power switch (SW1) ON, AC power is measure. On the secondary side, overcurrent
supplied to the DC power supply PCB. protection and overvoltage protection circuits
are provided.
2. DC power supply If an overcurrent or overvoltage condition
When the power cord is plugged in and occurs due to a short circuit in the power
the power switch (SW1) is turned ON, the line, etc., a protection circuit will actuate to
DC power supply rectifies the supplied AC stop all the outputs from the DC power
power, decreases the voltage, and smoothes supply.
and supplies +26.5V±5% and +5.1V±5% DC By turning OFF the power switch, waiting
power. for more than 1 minute, and then turning the
The carriage controller decreases the power switch ON again, the protection
voltage of the power supplied from the DC circuit is reset and the output is recovered.
power supply from +26V to +24V and sup-
plies power to the BJ cartridge. CAUTION
DC power of +24V for driving the head • Before recovering the output, be
(VH), +5V (HV5) for the HEAT signal, and sure to remove the cause of the prob-
+5V (R5V) for the rank signal are supplied to lem in the protective circuit.
the BJ cartridge. The output is controlled by • If the load is short-circuited often,
the engine controller. or short circuit and recovery are
repeated, the fuse incorporated in the
DC power supply may blow.

2–66
CHAPTER 2. BASIC OPERATION

2–67
CHAPTER 3

MECHANICAL SYSTEM

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .......................... 3-1 B. Operation Panel ........................................... 3-9


1. List of Main Parts ......................................... 3-2 C. Fan ............................................................. 3-10
2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of II. CARRIAGE UNIT ............................................ 3-13
main parts .................................................... 3-3 III. PURGE UNIT .................................................. 3-21
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY IV. FEEDER UNIT ................................................ 3-24
AND REASSEMBLY .............................................. 3-5 V. DRIVING UNIT ................................................ 3-28
I. EXTERNALS ..................................................... 3-7 VI. ELECTRICAL PART ........................................ 3-32
A. External Cover ............................................. 3-7
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY


The disassembly and assembly list for the main parts and the related outlines are shown here.
The outlines give the procedures for removing the main parts from the main unit. However, the
directions for removing the connectors and the disassembly procedures for other parts are
omitted.
For the precautions on disassembly and assembly and detailed information on each procedure,
please refer to page 3-5.

3–1
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

1. List of Main Parts


Disassembly and assembly of :
• operation panel
• right cover
• lower cover
• upper cover
• front cover
• front cover switch
• purge unit
• waste-ink absorber unit
• pinch roller unit
• platen
• PE sensor
• suction fan
• paper feed roller
• paper feed motor
• carriage motor
• carriage unit
• carriage belt
• linear scale
• image controller
• engine controller
• PCB box
• cooling fan
• power switch
• DC power source
• flexible cable

3–2
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Outline of disassembly and assembly of main parts

Main Unit

Left cover (3) Operation panel Cover plate (4)

Right cover (3) Image controller (12)

Right cover Engine controller (5)


stay plate (4)

Mount plate (5)


Purge unit (3)
Cooling fan (2)

Front cover switch


PCB box (7)

Idler roller

Left frame plate (7)

Carriage motor (4)


Lower cover (6) Front cover Upper cover (8)

Idler roller Power switch section (2)


holder rack (2)
Waste-ink
absorber unit (4) DC power source (4)

Paper release lever (2) Carriage unit

Pinch roller unit Carriage belt


(14 or 8)

Linear scale
Flexible cable cover (4)
Platen (16 or 10)

Noise protection sheet (5)


PE sensor (1)

Paper feed motor Flexible cable


holder (3) Suction fan (2)

Paper feed roller Paper feed motor (4)

* : The figures written in ( ) indicate the numbers of screws or E rings.

3–3
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3–4
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND


REASSEMBLY
1. Do not loosen or remove screws which are not included in the disassembling procedures in
this manual. In particular, never disassemble the points fixed with red screws as shown
below. Readjustment is prohibited since they have been adjusted to the optimum position at
the factory.
Number of red colored screws
A0 size model: 59
A1 size model: 45

Front side Rear side

Figure 3-001

2. Handle the BJ cartridge with care (See page 1-38).


3. The head and electrode of the BJ Printhead should not be touched.

3–5
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. When lifting this machine, be sure that 2 people hold it as shown in Figure 3-003.

Electrode

Head

Figure 3-002 Figure 3-003

5. Before carrying out disassembly or reassembly, be sure to turn OFF the power switch and
disconnect the power cord and interface cable.
6. You should not normally operate the printer with a component removed.
7. Unless a specific reassembly procedure is given, follow the disassembly procedure in reverse.
8. When reassembling, be careful about the types of screws (shape, length and diameter) and
their positions.
9. When moving or disassembling the carriage, be sure to remove the cutter unit.
10. When handling a wiring harness tied with a band, cut off the band if necessary. When
reassembling, be sure to tie the harness with a new band at the same position.
11. Ink mist generated during printing may become attached to the platen or purge unit. Be
careful that your hands and clothes are not stained by the ink.
12. Ink used in this printer is not harmful, but contains organic solvent. Should it enter the eye,
wash it away and consult a doctor.
13. The electronic circuits can be damaged by static electricity from your body. Before remov-
ing any circuit board, be sure to first touch a grounded metal part to remove any static charge.
Do not touch the end of the short flexible cable.
14. Before replacing the image controller and the engine controller, be sure to store the data
following the procedure written in the “Chapter 5 II.C.3. Replacing the image controller and
engine controller. (See page 5-11.)
15. After reassembly, be sure to carry out the “Auto Adjust”, “Auto Band-Adj.” of the main
menu.

3–6
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

1. Removing the right cover


I. EXTERNALS
1) Remove the operation panel (See page 3-
A. External Cover
9).
2) Remove 3 screws [1] and take off the
[1] right cover [2].
[2]
[1]

[5]

[4]
[3]

[1]
[2]

Figure 3-101
Figure 3-102

[1] Front cover


2. Removing the upper cover and
[2] Upper cover (8)
front cover
[3] Right cover (3)
1) Remove the right cover and left cover.
[4] Lower cover (6)
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and take off the
[5] Left cover (3)
front cover [2].

[1]
Figures in ( ) indicate the numbers of
screws.
The removal procedures are omitted for
those cover which can be removed simply by
removing the screws.

[2]

Figure 3-103

3–7
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove 2 screws [3]. 3. Removing the lower cover

[3]
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Open the front cover and lower the paper
release lever.
3) Remove 6 set screws [1] and take off the
lower cover [2].
[2]

Figure 3-104

4) Remove 4 screws [4] and take off the [1]


[1] [1]
upper cover [5].

[4] [5]

Figure 3-106

CAUTION
After completion of the work, close the
front cover and raise the paper release
Figure 3-105 lever.

3–8
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. Removing the front cover switch B. Operation Panel


1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). 1. Removing the operation panel
2) Open the front cover. 1) Open the front cover, and holding the
3) Remove 4 screws [1] and take off the green part, move the carriage to the
right cover stay plate [2]. center.
[1] 2) Unlatch the hooks [1] at 4 positions from
the rear side of the right cover and remove
the operation panel [2].

[2] [1]
[1]
[2]

Figure 3-107

[1]
4) Disconnect connector [3], unlatch 2 hooks
Figure 3-109
[4] and remove the front cover switch [5].

[4] CAUTION
Three connectors [3] on the operation
panel are connected. Be careful not to
pull on the harnesses too hard.

[3]
[5]

Figure 3-108

3–9
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove 3 connectors [3] (CN701, C. Fan


CN702, CN704) from the operation panel 1. Removing the cooling fan
and take off the operation panel [2]. 1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-
32).
[2]
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
[3]
3-33).
3) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
4) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
5) Remove 1 screw [1] and peel off the noise
protection sheet [2].
Figure 3-110

CAUTION [2] [1]


To prevent the heads from drying out,
return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of the
work and close the front cover.

Figure 3-111

3–10
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

6) Remove 5 set screws [3] and take off the 8) Remove 2 screws [6] and take off the
mount plate [4]. cooling fan [7].

[3]

[6]

[4]

[7]

Figure 3-112 Figure 3-114

7) Disconnect the connector [5] CAUTION


• To prevent the heads from drying out,
[5] return the carriage promptly to the
capping position upon completion of
the work and close the front cover.
• When reassembling the cooling fan,
be sure to place the fan cord side in
upper position to allow the cord to be
reached to the connector.

Figure 3-113

3–11
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the suction fan


1) Remove the PE sensor (See page 3-27).
2) Remove 2 screws [1] and remove the
suction fan cover [2].

[1]

[1]

[2]

Figure 3-115

3) Disconnect the connector [3] and remove


the suction fan [4].

[4]

[3]

Figure 3-116

3–12
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove the front cover and upper cover


II. CARRIAGE UNIT
(See pate 3-7).
4) Holding the green part, move the carriage
CAUTION
to the center, and remove the BJ
Before disassembling or reassembling
cartridges.
the carriage unit, remove the BJ car-
5) Disconnect 2 connectors [3] (J501, J502)
tridge and cutter unit.
of the flexible cable on the carriage con-
troller and set the cable to the left.
1. Removing the carriage unit
1) Remove the right cover and left cover [3]

(See page 3-7).


2) Unlatch [1] front left hook, and then the
remaining 3 hooks, and remove the
carriage cover [2].

[2]
Figure 3-202

CAUTION

[1] [1] The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite


core. When removing the flexible
cables, be careful not to damage them.

Figure 3-201

3–13
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

6) Remove the idler roller holder tension 8) Remove 7 screws [9] and take off the left
spring [4] and remove the idler roller [5] frame plate [10].
and idler roller holder [6].

[4] [10]

[9]

[9] [9]

[6]
Figure 3-205
[5]

Figure 3-203 9) Remove the carriage unit [11] from the


left side of the printer.

7) Remove 2 screws [7] and take off the


idler roller holder rack [8]. [11]

[8]

[7]

Figure 3-206

CAUTION
Figure 3-204 When removing the carriage unit, be
careful not to damage or stain the car-
riage belt and linear scale.

3–14
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CAUTION 2. Removing the carriage belt


When installing the carriage unit, check 1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13).
that the linear scale passes through the 2) Remove 2 belt stoppers [1] at the back
linear scale sensor. Attach the left frame side of the carriage using a straight blade
plate so that the cutter release touches screw driver or the like and remove the
the cutter unit set in the carriage. Be carriage belt [2].
careful not to get cut by the cutter edge
moving down.

Cutter releasing section

[1]
[1] [2]

[2]

Left frame plate


Figure 3-207

3–15
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the carriage belt 1) Matching the belt stopper [1] and carriage
belt [2], insert the belt stopper into the
CAUTION hole at the back side of the carriage.
Install the carriage belt so that the belt 2) Pull the carriage belt in the direction
stopper and the carriage belt joint shown in the figure below and check that
surfaces are as shown in the figure the belt stopper has been correctly in-
below. stalled.

NG

OK

NG
[1]
[2]

Figure 3-209

OK NG

Figure 3-208

3–16
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. Removing the linear scale 3) Unlatch the hook [2] and remove the
1) Remove the carriage unit (See page 3-13). linear scale [3].
2) Remove the tension spring [1] of the
linear scale.

[3]

[1]
[2]

Figure 3-210 Figure 3-211

CAUTION
When removing the linear scale, be
careful not to damage or stain it.

3–17
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

5. Replacing the flexible cable 6) Holding the green part, move the carriage
1) Remove the image controller (See page 3- to the center and remove 2 connectors [3]
32). (J501, J502) of the flexible cable on the
2) Remove the engine controller (See page carriage controller.
3-33). [3]
3) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
4) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
5) Unlatch the 4 hooks [1] and remove the
carriage cover [2].

Figure 3-213
[2]
CAUTION
The flexible cables are fixed by a ferrite
core. When removing the flexible
[1] [1] cables, be careful not to damage them.

Figure 3-212

3–18
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

7) Peel off the fixing sheet [4] of the ferrite 9) Remove 5 screws [9] from the noise
core and remove the ferrite core [5]. protection sheet [8].

[4]
[8]

[5] [9]

Figure 3-214 Figure 3-216

8) Remove 4 screws [6] and take off the 10) Peel off the flexible cable [10] from the
flexible cable cover [7]. flexible guide and remove the ferrite core
[11].

[6]

[7]

[11]

[10]

Figure 3-215
Figure 3-217

CAUTION
Remove the double-faced tape com-
pletely, leaving no residue on the flex-
ible guide.

3–19
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

11) Fold the new flexible cable as shown in


the figure below, and attach double-faced
tape to positions [A].

[A]

Figure 3-218

12) Stick double-faced tape over the flexible


guide and attach the new flexible cable,
aligning the mark [B] with the flexible
guide edge [12].

[B]

[12]

Figure 3-219

3–20
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4) Cap the pipe [2] and the end of the waste


III. PURGE UNIT
ink tube [2] using the waste ink tube caps
[3].
CAUTION
• Do not touch the wiper or caps.
• Since waste ink accumulates on the
bottom of the purge unit, hold the
sides of the purge unit when removing
it.
• Be careful not to spill the waste ink.
[2]
[2]
1. Removing the purge unit [3]

1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7). Figure 3-302


2) Open the front cover, and holding the
green part, move the carriage to the
center.
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and discon-
nect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].

[3]

[1] [2]

Figure 3-301

3–21
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

5) Disconnect 4 connectors [4] and remove 6) Remove 3 screws [5] and take off the
the wiring harness from the wiring harness purge unit [6].
guide.
[5]

[6]
[4]
Figure 3-304

[4]

Figure 3-303

3–22
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the waste ink absorber 5) Remove 2 screws [4].


unit
[4]
1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
3) Remove the tube clamp [1] and discon-
nect the waste ink tube from the pipe [2].

[3]

Figure 3-307

6) Remove 2 screws [5] and remove the


waste ink absorber unit [6].
[1] [2]
Figure 3-305

4) Cap the pipe [2] and the waste ink tube


with the waste ink tube cap [3].

[6]

[5]

Figure 3-308

[2]
[2]
[3] CAUTION
Figure 3-306 When replacing the waste-ink absorber
unit, be sure to reset the waste-ink counter.
(For details, see "Chapter 5 II.C.2 Waste
ink counter reset" (P. 5-11).)

3–23
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

CAUTION
IV. FEEDER UNIT
• When installing the pinch roller shaft,
be careful about the position.
1. Removing the pinch roller unit
• Install the pinch roller unit with the
1) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8).
screws [A] of the pinch roller facing
2) Raise the paper release lever [1], remove
upward (See Figure 3-403).
the E ring [2] and remove the paper
• When installing the pinch roller unit,
release lever.
tighten the screws in order from the
left one at the back of the main unit
(See Figure 3-404).

[1]
[2]

Figure 3-401

3) Remove screws [5] (A0 size model: 14,


A1 size model: 8), and remove the pinch
roller unit [6].

[5]

[5]

[6]

Figure 3-402

3–24
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the platen


1) Remove the pinch roller unit (See page 3-
24).
2) Remove the front cover and upper cover
(See page 3-7).
3) Remove 2 screw [1] and remove the left
[A]
stay [2].
[2] [1]

Figure 3-403

[5]
Figure 3-405

4) Remove screws [3] (A0 size model: 16,


A1 size model: 10) and remove the platen
[4].
[3]
Figure 3-404

[4]

Figure 3-406

CAUTION
When removing the platen, be careful
not to damage the carriage belt and
linear scale.
3–25
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the platen < A0 size model >


1) Tighten screw [11] ([7] on the A1 size Top view of platen
[B]
model) temporarily.
2) Adjust the platen position so that the

Home positon side


screw hole [1] is aligned with the platen
[14] [12] [10] [8] [6] [4] [2] [16]
hole and fix screw [1].
[15]
3) Fasten the screws from [2] to [14] ([2] to
[13] [11] [9] [7] [5] [3] [1]
[8] on the A1 size model) firmly in order.
4) Loosen screws [1] and [2], and lift up the
[A]
platen once while holding it at positions
< A1 size model >
[A] and [B] (to eliminate warp). Top view of platen
5) Fix screw [1] . [B]
6) Fix screw [2].
7) Fix screw [15] and [16] ([9] and [10] on

Home positon side


the A1 size model).
[8] [6] [4] [2] [10]

[9]
[7] [5] [3] [1]

[A]

Figure 3-407

CAUTION
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the platen using the sequence
given above.

3–26
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. Removing the paper feed roller 5. Removing the PE sensor


1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 1) Remove the platen (See page 3-25).
2) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). 2) Remove the screw [1] and disconnect the
3) Remove the paper feed motor (See page connector [2].
3-29). 3) Remove the PE sensor [3].
4) Remove the paper feed roller [1].
[2] [3]

[1]

[1]

Figure 3-408
Figure 3-409

3–27
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34).


V. DRIVING UNIT
4) Remove 4 screws [4] and remove the
carriage motor [5].
1. Removing the carriage motor
1) Remove the right cover and left cover
(See page 3-7).
2) Remove the idler roller holder tension
[4]
spring [1], remove the the idler roller [2]
and idler roller holder [3] and loosen the
[4]
carriage belt.
[5]
[1]

Figure 3-502

CAUTION
When reassembling, face the carriage
[3]
motor connector upward.
[2]

Figure 3-501

3–28
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the paper feed motor 5) Remove 3 screws [2] and remove the
1) Remove the purge unit (See page 3-21). motor holder [3] from the bearing.
2) Remove the platen (See page 3-25). 6) Disconnect the connector [4], rotate the
3) Remove the lower cover (See page 3-8). paper feed motor unit [5] and remove it.
4) Insert a straight blade screw driver into
the hole on the front side of the cabinet, [2]
[3]
rotate the paper feed motor and loosen 3
set screws [1].
[5]

[1]

[4]

Figure 3-504

7) Remove 4 screws [6] and remove the


paper feed motor [7].
Figure 3-503

[6]
[7]

Figure 3-505

3–29
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Installing the paper feed motor 4. Fastening the paper feed roller set
1) Install the paper feed motor on the motor screws
side board, pushing down the front of the a. When the marks are aligned between
paper feed motor in the direction shown in the set screw positions
Figure 3-506, and tighten 3 screws [1]. 1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
2) Tighten 2 set screws [1] and [2] close to
[1]
the marks firmly.
3) Tighten the remaining screw [3] firmly.

paper feed motor side

[1]

Marking

[3] [2]
Figure 3-506
paper feed roller side

CAUTION
Figure 3-507
In order to keep the platen flat, be sure
to install the paper feed motor as de- CAUTION
scribed above. In order to assure paper feeding accu-
racy, be sure to follow the above se-
quence.

3–30
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

b. When the marks coincide with the set


screw position
1) Match the marks on the paper feed motor
side and paper feed roller side.
2) Tighten set screw [1] at the mark slightly.
3) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] slightly.
4) Loosen set screw [1].
5) Tighten set screws [2] and [3] firmly.
6) Tighten set screw [1] firmly.

Sectional view of set screw position

[1]
Mark

[3] [2]

Figure 3-508

CAUTION
In order to assure the paper feeding
accuracy, be sure to observe the above
sequence.

3–31
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2) Remove the connector [3] (CN602) and


VI. ELECTRICAL PART
remove 12 screws [4].
3) Remove the image controller [5].
1. Removing the image controller
[5]
CAUTION
When replacing the image controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
image controller and engine controller" [4]
[4]
(P. 5-11).)
[3]

1) Remove 4 screws [1] and remove the


cover plate [2]. [4]

Figure 3-602
[2]

[1]

Figure 3-601

3–32
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

2. Removing the engine controller

CAUTION
When replacing the engine controller,
see "Chapter 5 II. C. 3. Replacing the
image controller and engine controller"
(P. 5-11).)

1) Remove the image controller (See page 3-


32).
2) Remove 12 connectors [1] (J201, J202,
J203, J204, J206, J207, J208, J210, J211,
J212, J213, J214) and remove 3 screws
[2].
3) Remove 2 stays [3] and 2 washers [4] and
remove the engine controller [5].

[4] [3]
[2]
[2]
[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]
[1] [1]

[5]

Figure 3-603

3–33
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

3. Removing the PCB box 5) Remove 7 screws [5].


1) Remove the right cover (See page 3-7).
2) Remove the engine controller (See page
3-33).
3) Remove the screw [1] and remove the [5]

noise protection sheet [2].

[2] [5]
[1]

[5]

Figure 3-606

6) Remove the harness [6] and remove the


PCB box [7].
Figure 3-604
[7]
4) Remove 5 screws [3] and remove the
mount plate [4].

[3]

[6]
[4]

Figure 3-607

Figure 3-605

3–34
CHAPTER 3. MECHANICAL SYSTEM

4. Removing the power switch 5. Removing the DC power supply


1) Remove the PCB box (See page 3-34). 1) Remove the power switch.
2) Remove the screw with a crown washer 2) Disconnect the connector and the DC
[1] and the 2 screws [2]. power supply [3] after removing 4 screws
3) Disconnect connector [3] and remove the [2].
power switch [4].

[2] [4 ]

[3]

[2] [3] [1] [2]


[1]

Figure 3-608
Figure 3-609

3–35
CHAPTER 4

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

I. PERIODIC PARTS REPLACEMENT ................ 4-1 IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION ................ 4-2
II. STANDARD SERVICE LIFE OF A. Cleaning/Inspection Points .......................... 4-2
CONSUMABLES ............................................... 4-1 B. Lubrication Points ........................................ 4-3
III. PERIODIC SERVICE ........................................ 4-1
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

I. Periodic parts replacement


The printer contains no parts which require periodic replacement.

II. Standard service life of consumables


The printer contains no parts which require replacement.

III. Periodic service


The printer contains no parts which require periodic service.

4–1
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

IV. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION


A. Cleaning/Inspection Points

[1]

[5]

[4]
[3] [2]

Figure 4-401

No. Parts Cleaning Tool Service/caution


[1] Pinch roller Plain paper (A1 or A0) Feed the paper until the stains are removed
from it.

[2] Platen Moistened cloth Clean


[3] Waste ink absorber unit — Check or replace
[4] Cover Moistened cloth Clean
[5] Cut groove Moistened swab Remove paper chips and dust.

Table 4-401

4–2
CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICING

B. Lubrication Points

[1]

[2] [2]

Figure 4-402

No. Position Lubricant Remarks


[1] Paper feed motor gear Permalub G2 Apply approx. 500mg of grease uniformaly to the tooth
surfaces.
[2] Grit roller bearing Permalub G2 Apply approx. 40mg of grease to each bearing surface.

Table 4-402

4–3
CHAPTER 5

TROUBLESHOOTING

I. SERVICE MODE ............................................... 5-1 IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS .. 5-32


A. Outline .......................................................... 5-1 V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS ............ 5-43
B. Service Mode Operation .............................. 5-1 A. Initial Inspection ......................................... 5-43
C. Service Mode Map ....................................... 5-2 B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects .. 5-44
D. Service Mode ............................................... 5-3 VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/
II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS .................... 5-9 FUNCTIONS ................................................... 5-53
A. About Adjustments and Settings .................. 5-9 A. Sensors and Switches ............................... 5-53
B. Items for Adjustment and Setting ................. 5-9 B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids ..................... 5-54
C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures ........... 5-10 C. Logic boards .............................................. 5-55
III. ERROR/WARNING CODES ........................... 5-18 D. Engine Controller ....................................... 5-56
A. Outline ....................................................... 5-18 E. Image Controller ........................................ 5-57
B. List of Error and Warning Codes ............... 5-18
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

I. SERVICE MODE B. Service Mode Operation


1. How to enter the service mode
A. Outline
1) While pressing the up and down arrow
For the purpose of adjustment in the field,
keys, turn ON the power switch.
5 service modes are provided as shown
2) Confirm the "Initializing" message is
below.
indicated on the message display, then
Mode Description release the key.
DISPLAY • Printing service mode settings
• When you enter the service mode, the
• Display warning code history
• Display error code history
green and orange LEDs blink alter-
• Display machine model nately.
• Display machine internal 3) Press the Online key to show "Main
temperature
menu".
• Display compensated temperature
of the head temperature sensor (Bk/ 4) Press the left or right arrow key to show
C/M/Y).
"SERVICE MODE", and press the down
• Display the detected paper size.
arrow key to select.
(Paper feed direction/carriage
direction) • "SERVICE MODE" is between "System
ADJUST • Adjustment and printing of Setup" and "Internal Print" on the main
confirmation pattern
menu.
• Adjustment in paper feed (Paper
feed accuracy compensation value) 5) Press the left or right arrow key to display
FUNCTION • Operation panel LED/LCD the mode to be checked or adjusted (see
lighting check
Table 5-501), then select it with the down
• Operation panel key check
COUNTER • Waste-ink counter display arrow key.
• Carriage drive time display • The name of the mode selected moves to
INITIALIZE • Initialization of waste-ink counter the upper line of the message display.
• Initialization of carriage drive time
6) Check or adjust.
• Initialization of warning history
and error history
• Transmitting EEPROM data on the 2. Stopping the service mode
engine controller to the image
controller. Turn OFF the power switch.

Table 5-101

5–1
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Service Mode Map


The hierarchy of service mode items is as shown below.
Refer to "D. Service Mode" for details on each item.
The service mode items are displayed in English regardless of which language is selected.

Main Menu [A]



Print Operation ADJUST

System Setup PRINT PATTERN
Scale
SERVICE MODE Test Print
∆ ∆
DISPLAY X-SCALE
-32

PRINT INF :
Yes 0
No :
∆ 32
SYSTEM

TYPE: Ax FUNCTION
TMP: 000.0˚C
H-TMP K1:000.0˚C PANEL LED/LCD
H-TMP K2:000.0˚C
H-TMP C: 000.0˚C PANEL KEY
H-TMP M: 000.0˚C ∆
H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C COUNTER
P-SIZE X:0000.00
P-SIZE Y:0000.00 W-INK: 000000
* Dot count
∆ (indicated value x 10,000)
WARNING
01: Wxxxxx T-PLOT: 000000
: *Carriage drive time
:

20: Wxxxxx INITIALIZE

ERROR W-INK: 000000
01: Exxxxx * Dot count
: (indicated value x 10,000)
: T-PLOT: 000000
20: Exxxxx *Carriage drive time
[A]
I/C EEPROM
Internal Print
E/C EEPROM

5–2
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

D. Service Mode
1. Control display mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

D I S P L A Y

P R I N T I N F
Name of item Contents Remarks

PRINT INF Printing of service-related data The following are printed.


• Warning history
• Error history
• Adjusting value
• Counter value

SYSTEM System display See Table 5-502 (P.5-4).

WARNING The last 20 warning codes are


Warning code history display
displayed (smaller history numbers
are newer.)

ERROR Error code history display The last 20 error codes are
displayed (smaller history numbers
are newer).

5–3
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

< "System" details >


Name of item Contents Remarks

TYPE A0/A1 size model Indicates the engine controller


SW201 setting.

TMP Internal temperature Units: °C

H-TMP K1 Compensated temperature of the head temperature sensor Units: °C


(Bk) (Proper value: 0±80°C)

H-TMP K2 Unused

H-TMP C Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (C)

H-TMP M Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (M)

H-TMP Y Compensated temperature of head temperature sensor (Y)

P-SIZE X Detected size of set media (paper feed direction) Units: mm

P-SIZE Y Detected size of set media (carriage direction) Units: mm

Table 5-102

5–4
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

2. Adjusting mode
• Display items and change values: Left or right arrow key
• Select an item: Down arrow key
• Registration of values and execution of actions: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

A D J U S T

P R I N T P A T T E R N
Name of item Contents Value Remarks
PRINT PATTERN Adjustments and output of confir- Scale* Output of paper feed accuracy
mation pattern compensation value adjustment
pattern

Test Print Output of test pattern

X-SCALE Adjustment in paper feed direction -32~32 The magnification in paper feed
(Paper feed accuracy compensation direction decreases by decreasing
value adjustment pattern) the value (units: 1 dot).

*: The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment pattern may not be adjustable, since the pattern
cannot be printed in the paper feed direction if the Auto Layout/Rotation are set. Adjustment is also difficult if
Scale/Y Mirror are set. Therefore, return the settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", "Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to
their default values. (See P. 5-13.)

5–5
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Operation/inspection mode
• Display an item: Left or right arrow key
• Execute an item: Enter key
• Reset mode or item: Up arrow key
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

F U N C T I O N
P A N E L L E D / L C D
Name of item Contents Operation/Remarks
PANEL LED/ Check LED/LCD on the operation Indicates as shown below for about 5 seconds.
LCD panel • LED blinks (2 colors of LED blink alternately).
• LCD character cells blink alternately.

PANEL KEY Key check on operation panel. Make sure that "Key Check Mode" is indicated, then
and press each key (excluding the up arrow key) on
the operation panel. The symbols corresponding to
the pressed keys (see Table 5-103) are indicated.

Key Indication

Online F1

Enter F2

Down arrow ↓

Left arrow ←

Right arrow →

Table 5-103

5–6
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Counter mode
• Indication of items: Left or right arrow key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C O U N T E R
W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0
Name of item Contents Remarks

W-INK Waste ink counter display Counted dot value ( x 10,000)

T-PLOT Carriage drive time display Units: hours

5–7
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Initialization mode
• Display items: Left or right arrow key
• Initialization of counter: Down arrow key + Enter key
• Reset the mode: Up arrow key

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

I N I T I A L I Z E
W - I N K : 0 0 0 0 0 0
Name of item Contents Remarks

W-INK Initialization of waste ink counter Set the counter value to 0. (Used
when the waste ink absorber unit is
replaced.)

T-PLOT Initialization of carriage drive time Set the carriage drive time value to
0.

I/C EEPROM Initialization of warning history and error history Clear the warning history and error
history. During the initializing
process (for about 0.5 seconds), "*"
mark is indicated after the item
name.

E/C EEPROM Transmitting EEPROM data on the engine controller During the rewriting process (for
to the EEPROM on the image controller. about 0.5 seconds), "*" mark is
indicated after the item name.
(Used when replacing the engine
controller. Refer to "Replacing the
engine controller", P.5-12.)

5–8
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

II. ADJUSTMENTS AND SETTINGS


A. About Adjustments and Settings
The message display language (Factory setting: English) can be changed using the operation
panel keys, corresponding to each sales territory.
There are no parts that require mechanical adjustment when assembling them as described in
the service manual.
However, the settings, adjustments, and service described below are required.

1. If the paper thickness adjustment lever is changed, perform the automatic printing position
adjustment.
2. When the parts that may affect printing accuracy (such as those in the carriage or paper
feed section) are disassembled, perform the automatic printing position adjustment and
automatic band adjustment.
3. When replacing the waste ink absorber unit, be sure to clear the waste ink counter.
4. Both the image controller and engine controller cannot be replaced at the same time, or the
stored settings will be lost. Be sure to follow the proper procedures when replacing them.
5. The paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment can be performed to achieve
higher precision printing.
6. If the data reception lamp does not light when data is being transferred, check the parallel
interface communication mode setting. If necessary, switch the setting.
7. The image controller and engine controller can be upgraded by downloading new firm-
ware.

B. Items for Adjustment and Setting


1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment
2. Waste ink counter reset
3. Image controller and engine controller replacement procedures
4. Paper feed accuracy compensation value adjustment method
5. Parallel interface communication mode setting method
6. Image controller and engine controller upgrade procedures

5–9
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Adjustment and Setting Procedures


Some of the adjustments and settings must be carried out after the machine has been booted
up in the specific methods described below.

Mode Operating procedure


Service mode Turn on the power while pressing both the Up
arrow and Down arrow keys.
Firmware download mode Turn on the power while pressing both the Right
arrow and Left arrow keys.
Parallel interface communication select mode Turn on the power while pressing both the
ONLINE and ENTER keys.

5–10
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

1. Automatic printing position adjustment and automatic band adjustment (User-


settable)
Select and execute the "Auto Adjust" or "Auto Band-adj." from the "Adjustment" menu
within the Main menu. (See P. 1-15.)

2. Waste ink counter reset (for exclusive use in service mode)


Select and execute "W-INK" from the "INITIALIZE" menu of the service mode.

3. Replacing the image controller and engine controller


3.1 Cautions
1) The image controller and engine controller must not be replaced at the same time. The
EEPROM on the engine controller stores data on waste ink amount, carriage driving time
and others. Before replacing the engine controller, the data must be transferred into the
EEPROM of the image controller, and then be automatically updated through internal
communication. Therefore, the two controllers cannot be replaced simultaneously.
2) After replacing the image controller or engine controller, check the firmware version in
the "Information" mode of the "System Setup" menu within the Main menu. If the
version is outdated, it will be necessary to update the firmware to the newest version.
(See P. 5-16.)

3.2 Replacing the image controller


When the image controller is replaced, the user settings set up using the operation panel
are lost. Therefore, if the same settings need to be made after the replacement, execute
the following procedure.
1) Before replacing the controller, print the "Setup List" of the "Internal Print" menu within
the Main menu from the operating panel. (See pages 1-24 to 1-26.)
2) Replace the image controller. (See P. 3-32.)
3) Reset the values in the "Setup List".

5–11
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3.3 Replacing the engine controller


Before replacing the engine controller, the data such as the waste ink amount, carriage
driving time, and paper feed accuracy compensation value stored in the EEPROM of the
engine controller must be copied into the EEPROM of the image controller, and then be
automatically updated through internal communication.
The procedure is as follows.
1) Access the service mode, and select "INITIALIZE".
2) Display "E/C EEPROM" in the message display.
3) While holding the Down arrow key, press the ENTER key. The engine controller
EEPROM data is copied into the EEPROM of the image controller.
While the data is being transferred, a "*" mark is displayed to the right of the "E/C
EEPROM" display.
4) After the "*" mark has disappeared, turn off the power, and unplug the power cord.
5) Replace the engine controller. (See P. 3-33.)
At this time, be sure to check SW201 (model switch) on the new engine controller.
<Switching of the model>
On the engine controller, the model selection is determined by the jumper (SW201).
* A0 model: No jumper
* A1 model: Jumper installed
6) Run the "Auto Adjust" and "Auto Band Adj." of the "Adjustment" menu within the Main
menu, and check whether the printing is correct.

CAUTION
If the precision of the printing becomes worse after replacing the engine controller, the
replacement procedure may not have been followed correctly, or the EEPROM data may not
have been successfully updated.
In this case, be sure to check that the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE"
of the "ADJUST" menu within the service mode) matches the H/W X value written on the
label attached to the left frame (remove the left cover to see the label).
If they don't match, set the printer to the value written on the label.
If they do match, perform the procedure described in "10. Dimensional accuracy problems"
of "V. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects". (See P. 5-51.)

5–12
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Paper feed accuracy compensation 5) Measure the length of the printed scale
value adjustment adjustment pattern in the paper feed direction.
Media feed accuracy can be adjusted as • Specified value: 380±0.5mm
follows.
1) Set up the service mode and select the
"ADJUST" mode.
2) Load a cut sheet larger than A3.
3) Use the left or right arrow key to display
"PRINT PATTERN" and then press the
Black Scale 15inch Scale 380mm

down arrow key.


4) Make sure that "Scale" is displayed, then Figure 5-201
press the ENTER key. 6) If the measured value does not satisfy the
• The scaling adjustment pattern will be specified value, change the value of "X-
printed. SCALE" in the ADJUST mode.
• While printing, the message is followed • Setting range: -32 to 32
• To change the value: Left and right
by a "*" mark.
arrow keys.
PRINT PATTERN • Value registration: ENTER key
Scale* X-SCALE
00*
CAUTION
REFERENCE:
The paper feed accuracy compensation
• Changing the value by 1 changes the
value adjustment pattern may not be
length of the adjustment in the X axis
adjustable, since the pattern cannot be
direction by 1 dot (about 0.07mm).
printed in the paper feed direction if the
• When the value is increased, the line
Auto Layout/Rotation are set.
becomes longer, and by decreasing the
Adjustment is also difficult if Scale/Y
value, the line becomes shorter.
Mirror are set. Therefore, return the
settings of "Auto Layout", "Scale", 7) Repeat steps 2) through 6) until the
"Rotation", and "Y Mirror" to their specified value is satisfied.
default values. 8) Turn OFF the power switch to leave the
service mode.

5–13
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

CAUTION
When changing the paper feed accuracy compensation value ("X-SCALE" value), be sure to
write the new value in the "H/W X" item on the label attached to the left frame (under the
left cover). At the factory, each printer is adjusted and the value is written on this label.
Figure 5-202 shows the label on the left panel of the printer.
(In this printer, the "H/W Y" and "H/W B" adjustments are not used.)

H/W X

H/W Y

H/W B

Figure 5-202

5–14
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

5. Changing the parallel interface 4) Press the ENTER key to confirm the
communication mode displayed mode.
With some types of computers which com- • When a "*" mark is displayed after the
municate in the compatible mode, the timing of name of communication mode, execute
the Busy and Ack signals may need to be the initial operation and return to the
changed as the communication may not be normal menu.
done correctly.
Busy-Ack
In most computers, communication can be
A-B (Default)*
carried out normally using the "A-B (Default)"
setting. However, if the data reception indica-
tor on the printer does not light up when data is Initializing
transferred, the communication mode should be
switched by following the procedure below.
REFERENCE:
1) Turn OFF the power switch. Relationship between the Busy and Ack

2) While pressing both the ONLINE and signals in each communication mode :
• A - B (Default) [Ack-in-Busy]
ENTER keys, turn ON the power switch
to display the "Parallel Interface Commu- Busy

nication select Mode." Ack


4080ns
• Confirm that "Busy-Ack" is displayed on
• A - B - A [Ack-while-Busy]
the message display and release the keys.
Busy

Busy-Ack Ack
A-B (Default) 3264ns 3264ns
• B - A [Ack-after-Busy]
3) Press the left or right arrow key to display Busy
the desired communication mode.
Ack
3264ns 3264ns
• A - B (Fast) [Ack-in-Busy(fast)]

Busy

Ack
1200ns

Figure 5-203

5–15
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Image controller/engine controller 7) Type the following from the command


upgrade procedure prompt (when the computer output port
Upgrade the image controller and/or LPT1 has been selected).
engine controller by downloading the COPY/B file name LPT1:
firmware following the procedure below.
8) Press the RETURN key.
1) Turn OFF the power switches of the • Data transmission from the computer to
printer and computer. the printer starts.
2) Connect the machine and computer using • When data reception starts, the data
a parallel interface cable. reception light on the printer lights up.
3) While pressing both the right and left "Receiving.." is displayed on the mes-
arrow keys, turn ON the power switch of sage display.
the printer.
• Make sure that "Download Mode.." is Download Mode
Receiving..
displayed on the message display and
release the keys.
• When the printer identifies the version

Initializing of the data being transmitted, it displays


Download Mode.. the version as follows on the message
display.
• After initialization is finished, the a: For both the image controller and
following message is displayed and the engine controller :
download mode is selected.
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
Download Mode Receiving..
[Send File to Pa
[Send File to Parallel Port] b. For only the image controller :

4) Turn ON the power switch of the com- I/C Ver.XX.XX


puter. Receiving..
5) Insert the disk (containing the new
firmware) into the disk drive. c. For only the engine controller :
6) Select the name of the drive in which the
E/C Ver.XX.XX
disk was inserted.
Receiving..

5–16
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

• Upon completion of data reception, one


of the following messages is displayed. Download Mode
a: For both the image controller and E/C Erasing..
engine controller :

Download Mode
I:XX.XX E:XX.XX
[Press Online Ke E/C Writing..

[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]

Download Mode
b: For only the image controller : E/C Verifying..

I/C XX.XX→XX.XX
[Press Online Ke Download Mode
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash] [Update Complete]
[Update Completed: Turn Power Off!!]

c: For only the engine controller :


CAUTION
E/C XX.XX→XX XX Do not turn OFF the power switch of the
[Press Online Ke printer or computer during the download
[Press Online Key to Write File on Flash]
operation as there is a possibility that the
firmware will not start up.
9) Press the ONLINE key If the power is accidentally switched off
• Data in the flash memory is erased, at the wrong time, turn on the printer
written and verified. During this and the computer, and download the
process, the following messages are firmware again. If the printer cannot be
displayed : started up, replace the PCB that you
tried to download the firmware to.
Download Mode
I/C Erasing..
10) Turn OFF the power switch of the
printer.
Download Mode
11) Turn ON the power switch of the printer.
I/C Writing..
Check the firmware version and whether
the printer operates normally.
Download Mode
I/C Verifying..

5–17
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

III. ERROR/WARNING B. List of Error and Warning


Codes
CODES
A. Outline • Error/warning code configuration
This machine has a self-diagnostic
Alphabetic Numeric
function by means of the engine controller
and image controller. Diagnosis is carried 6thdigit 5thdigit 4thdigit 3rddigit 2nddigit 1stdigit
out as required.
W:Warning Origin Details
If a problem is detected, a code or symbol E :Error 001~099 00~99
and a message indicating the type of problem
are indicated on the message display of the Figure 5-301
operation panel.
Problems with the printer are classified CAUTION
into errors and warnings as shown below. • For the code descriptions, since the
codes enclosed with ( ) are displayed

Error: as messages, the codes themselves are

A state in which the printer stops not displayed. However, in the

operating and cannot return to normal "WARNING" and "ERROR" areas in

operation until the cause of the trouble the service mode, the last 20 codes,

is removed. including the codes enclosed with ( ),


are displayed.

Warning:
A state in which the machine does not
stop operating, and can continue without
removing the cause of the problem.
However, the printed image may be
influenced.

5–18
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

• Errors and warning codes


The errors and warning codes are shown below.
Detailed information on the codes (meaning, detecting timing, major causes) are described in
the following pages.

Codes * Diagnostic part


001xx Media/feeding system
003xx Drive system
004xx BJ Print head system
005xx Ink tank system
007xx Purge system
008xx Cutter system
011xx Engine controller internal error
012xx Internal communication system
015xx Power supply related
021xx User-adjusted system
051xx Image controller internal error
052xx Serial interface communication system
053xx Parallel interface communication system
060xx Internal data processing system
061xx GL command system
062xx GL2 command system
063xx RTL command system
064xx ESC command system
065xx PJL command system
067xx TIFF command system
097xx Direct error code from the image controller
098xx Direct error code from the engine controller

* The codes above indicate the five right-most digits. In the actual displays, the code "E" (error) or "W" (warn-
ing) is added at the left.

5–19
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)


Refer to "CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS" (P. 5-32) for remedies.
Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause
(W00111) • PE sensor (PS6) detected • While loading (roll media • No roll media
the roll media trailing mode) • Defective PE sensor (PS6)
edge. • While printing (roll • Defective engine controller
media mode)

E00151 • Media sensor (PS9) • When detecting the media • Media was removed during
cannot detect the media leading edge operation.
leading edge. • Media jam
• Defective media
• Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller

E00152 • PE sensor (PS6) cannot • When detecting media • Media jam


detect the cut sheet trailing edge • Improper loading of media
trailing edge. • Defective media
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller

E00153 • Media sensor (PS9) • At the time of media • Media was removed during
missed the media. sensor compensation operation.
• At the time of media • Media jam
leading edge detection • Defective media
• At the time of media • Defective media sensor (PS9)
width measurement • Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

E00154 • Carriage cannot move. • While loading • Media jam


• While printing (except for • Improper installation of carriage
auto cut operation) belt
• While the carriage is • Defective carriage motor (M2)
returning, except for • Defective linear encoder (PS8)
above cases (except for • Defective linear scale
cutting operation) • Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

E00156 • The PE sensor (PS6) • While printing • Media was removed during
detected the cut sheet operation.
trailing edge earlier than • Defective PE sensor (PS6)
the size detected by the • Defective paper feed motor (M1)
machine. • Defective engine controller

5–20
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause

(W00161) • Media sensor (PS9) • When skewed feeding is • Improper loading of media
detected skewed feed of detected. • Defective media
roll media exceeding the • Defective media sensor (PS9)
specified value. • Defective carriage controller
• Media sensor (PS9) • Defective engine controller
detected skewed feed of
cut sheet media exceeding
the specified value.

E00162 • Media sensor (PS9) • At the time of media


cannot detect the right width measurement
edge of the media. • At the time of media
• Media sensor (PS9) skewed feed detection
cannot detect the left edge
of the media.

E00164 • Defective detection of • Media sensor (PS9) • Defective media


media width. detected media width • Defective media sensor (PS9)
below 250mm. • Defective linear encoder (PS8)
• Defective linear scale
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

E00165 • PE sensor (PS6) detected • While loading in the cut • Media was removed during
a media length less than sheet media mode operation.
80mm. • Defective media
• Defective PE sensor (PS6)
• Defective paper feed motor (M1)
• Defective engine controller

E00169 • Media sensor (PS9) could • At the time of media • Defective media
not identify black. sensor compensation • Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Media sensor (PS9) could • Defective carriage controller
not identify white. • Defective engine controller

5–21
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

2. 003xx (Drive system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause

E00311 • Carriage does not oper- • During initial operation • Improper installation of carriage
ate. • During purging operation belt
• When the carriage is • Defective carriage home position
moving backward for a sensor (PS2)
reason other than above • Defective carriage motor (M2)
(except for cutting • Defective linear encoder (PS8)
operation) • Defective linear scale
• Defective carriage controller
E00312 • Carriage does not stop at • When carriage cannot • Defective engine controller
a normal position. stop at a normal position.

E00313 • Carriage stops • When front cover is open, • Operation mistake


abnormally. carriage moves backward • Defective carriage motor (M2)
more than 20 mm from • Defective linear encoder (PS8)
the stop position. • Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

5–22
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)

Code *1 Meaning Detection timing Major cause


(E00401) *2 • No BJ print head • During initial operation • There is no BJ print head.
• Improper installation of BJ print
(W00402) *3 head
• Defective BJ print head
(W00403) *3 • Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit
(W00404) *3 • Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller
(E00451) *4 • Abnormal head rank • Constant detection
• The front cover was • At the time of BJ print
(E00452) *4 closed while the BJ head replacement
print head was
(E00453) *4 removed.

(E00454) *4

(E00461) *4 • Abnormal head • Too much time required • Defective BJ print head
temperature control for head temperature • Defective flexible cable inside
(E00462) *4 adjustment the carriage unit
• Defective media sensor (Internal
(E00463) *4 temperature detection function)
• Defective carriage controller
(E00464) *4 • Defective engine controller

(E00471) *4 • Abnormal head • When head temperature


temperature compensation is abnor-
(E00472) *4 compensation mal.

(E00473) *4

(E00474) *4

(E00481) *4 • Abnormal head • After abnormal BJ print


cooling control head temperature is
(E00482) *4 detected, the print head
has not cooled to the
(E00483) *4 temperature controllable
even after operation has
(E00484) *4 stopped for 40 seconds.

*1: Last digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)
*2: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] (blinking) on the message display.
*3: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ _ ] on the message display.
*4: When an error occurs, an applicable print head is displayed as [ ? ] on the message display.

5–23
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

4. 005xx (Ink tank system)

Code * Meaning Detection timing Major cause


(E00501) • The ink tank sensor (PS4) • At the time of the home • No ink tank
cannot detect the ink tank position detection • Improper installation of ink tank
(E00502) (no ink tank). • Defective ink tank
• Defective ink tank detection
(E00503) sensor (PS4)
• Defective engine controller
(E00504)

(E00511) • Remaining ink level • After suction • No ink


count reached the speci- • After completion of • Defective remaining ink level
(W00512) fied value for no ink printing sensor (PS3)
• Defective engine controller
(W00513)

(W00514)

(W00521) • Remaining ink count • After suction • No ink in the ink chamber
detected no ink in the ink • After completion of • Defective remaining ink level
(W00522) chamber. printing operation sensor (PS3)
• Defective engine controller
(W00523)

(W00524)

* First digit of the code represents ink color. (1=BK, 2=C, 3=M, 4=Y)

5. 007xx (Purge system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E00701 • Pump position cannot be • Purge unit does not return • Defective pump position sensor
detected. to the pump position even (PS1)
though the purge unit • Defective purge motor (M3)
pump position detection • Defective engine controller
operation was repeated 3
times.

E00711 • Waste ink counter • After suction • Full waste ink absorber unit
reached the specified • Waste ink counter was cleared in
value for full waste ink the service mode.
absorber unit. • Defective engine controller

(W00721) • Waste ink counter


reached the specified
value for approximately
full.

5–24
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. 008xx (Cutter system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E00801 • Media could not be cut. • While detecting the • No cutter
media leading edge after • Improper installation of cutter
being cut. • Defective cutter
• Improper media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

E00811 • Carriage cannot operate. • While cutting • Cutter jam


• Defective cutter
• Defective carriage motor (M2)
• Defective linear sensor (PS8)
• Defective linear scale
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

E00841 • Carriage stops • When the front cover is • Operation mistake


abnormally. open, carriage moved • Defective carriage motor (M2)
forward more than 20mm • Defective linear encoder (PS8)
from the stop position • Defective carriage controller
unexpectedly. • Defective engine controller

7. 011xx (Engine controller)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E01102 • Failed initialization of • Constant • Defective engine controller
EEPROM
• Failed reading from
EEPROM
• Failed writing to
EEPROM

E01135 • EEPROM checksum


error
• EEPROM data damage

5–25
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. 012xx (Internal communication system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E01219 • Abnormal communica- • Constant • Defective engine controller
tion between engine • Defective image controller
controller and image
controller

9. 015xx (Power supply related)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E01501 • Cooling fan (FM2) is not • Fan rotation signal • Defective cooling fan (FM2)
rotating. (FANSTS) cannot be • Defective engine controller
detected while the cooling
fan (FM2) is rotating

10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E02101 • Abnormal compensation • During media sensor • Defective media sensor (PS9)
value of media sensor compensation when • Defective carriage controller
(PS9) adjustment menu is being • Defective engine controller
executed
E02102 • Abnormal adjustment
value

E02103 • Media too small • During loading while • Improper media size
automatic adjustment is • Defective PE sensor (PS6)
being executed • Defective media sensor (PS9)
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

5–26
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

11. 051xx (Image controller)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E05102 • No EEPROM • Constant • Defective DRAM
• Error writing to • Defective added memory
EEPROM • Defective image controller

E05105 • No on board DRAM


• Abnormal onboard
DRAM

E05106 • Abnormal added Memory

12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E05211 • I/F buffer overflow • While data is being • Improper communication setting
received with the computer
E05221 • Overrun • Defective image controller

E05222 • Framing error

E05223 • Parity error

13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E05311 • I/F buffer overflow • While data is being • Improper communication setting
received with the computer
• Defective image controller

5–27
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06011 • Data missing due to • While data is being • Insufficient memory
insufficient memory analyzed • Defective setting of parallel
interface communication mode
W06012 • Missing data while • Defective image controller
analyzing TIFF data

W06013 • Data missing due to • While data is being • Insufficient memory


insufficient memory analyzed
(When being copied,
second pages onwards)

W06021 • Print data exceeds the • While data is being • Defective communication data
printable area of the paper analyzed from computer
W06022 set up. • Improper setting for parallel
interface communication mode
• Defective image controller
W06023

W06031 • Image data could not be • While data is being • Insufficient memory
rotated. analyzed • Defective image controller

(W06041) • Printing in monochrome • Immediately before • No color BJ print head/s (Y, M


mode since there are no printing and C)
color BJ print head/print • Improper installation of BJ print
heads (Y, M and C). head
• Defective BJ print head
• Defective flexible cable inside
the carriage unit
• Defective carriage controller
• Defective engine controller

5–28
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

15. 061xx (GL command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06100 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Incorrect data from computer
analyzed • Defective image controller
W06111 • Incorrect number of
parameters

W06120 • Necessary parameters in


the command are omitted.

W06121 • Incorrect data range

16. 062xx (GL2 command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06200 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Improper communication data
analyzed from computer
W06211 • Incorrect number of • Defective image controller
parameters

W06220 • Necessary parameters in


the command are omitted.

W06221 • Incorrect data range

17. 063xx (RTL command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06300 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Improper communication data
analyzed from computer
W06301 • Invalid data other than • Defective image controller
null or FF (HEX) contin-
ued for more than 20
bytes.

W06311 • Incorrect number of


parameters

W06320 • Necessary parameters in


the command are omitted.

W06321 • Incorrect data range

5–29
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

18. 064xx (ESC command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06400 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Improper communication data
analyzed. from computer
W06411 Incorrect number of • Defective image controller
parameters

W06420 • Necessary parameters in


the command are omitted.

W06421 • Incorrect data range

19. 065xx (PJL command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


W06500 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Improper communication data
analyzed. from computer
W06511 • Incorrect number of • Defective image controller
parameters

W06520 • Necessary parameters in


the command are omitted.

W06521 • Incorrect data range

20. 067xx (TIFF command system)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause

W06700 • Unsupported command • While data is being • Improper communication data


analyzed from computer
W06721 • Improper parameter range • Defective image controller

W06760 • Unsupported parameter

W06761 • Unsupported compression


was designated.

W06762 • Unsupported color was


designated.

5–30
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E097xx* • Undefined error on image • Constant • Defective image controller
controller

* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.

22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E098xx* • Undefined error on • Constant • Defective engine controller
engine controller

* The last 2 digits of the code are hexadecimal.

23. 099xx (Others)

Code Meaning Detection timing Major cause


E09999 • Unexpected error • When error occurs • Defective firmware

5–31
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

IV. CORRECTION OF OPERATION DEFECTS

1. 001xx (Media/feeding system)

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Media jam 1 Has media jam occurred? YES Remove media jam.

Incorrect media 2 Is the media loaded properly? NO Instruct the user to load the media
setting correctly according to the specified
media loading procedure.

Incorrect media 3 Are the type and size of the media NO Instruct the user to use recom-
proper? mended media.

4 Is "E00154" indicated on the YES Refer to "Table 2. 003xx (Drive


message display? system)" (P.5-33).

5 Is the media fed properly? NO Refer to "Media is not fed" (P.5-42).

6 Does the major cause lie in the PE YES Proceed to step 7.


sensor (PS6)?
NO Proceed to step 8.

PE sensor (PS6) 7 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the PE sensor?

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the sensor to


the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.

Media sensor (PS9) 8 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


Carriage controller ing the carriage unit?

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the sensor to


the carriage controller and from the
carriage controller to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
engine controller.

5–32
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

2. 003xx (Drive system)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Foreign substance on 1 Can the carriage be moved NO Check for foreign substance, or
rail smoothly by hand? some part in contact with the rail
surface.

Carriage belt 2 Is the carriage belt correctly installed? NO Reinstall correctly.

Carriage home 3 Move the carriage onto the platen YES Check the wiring for the carriage
position sensor and turn ON the power switch. home position sensor (PS2). If
Does the carriage move to the home correct, replace the purge unit.
position?

Carriage motor (M2) 4 Turn OFF the power switch and NO Replace the motor.
unplug the power cord from the
outlet. Disconnect connector J201
on the engine controller.
Set the tester range to x10 and
connect the leads of the tester to the
harness terminals on the motor side
as shown in the table below. Are
the resistance values correct?

+ - Resistance value
J201-3 J201-4 Approx. 4.8Ω
J201-5 J201-6 Approx. 4.8Ω
J201-1 J201-3 Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-1 J201-4 Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-2 J201-5 Approx. 2.4Ω
J201-2 J201-6 Approx. 2.4Ω

Linear scale 5 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the linear scale?

Linear encoder (PS8) 6 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the carriage unit?

Carriage controller

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the carriage


controller to the engine controller.
If correct, replace the engine
controller.

5–33
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. 004xx (BJ Print head system)

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

BJ print head instal- 1 Is the BJ print head properly NO Install the BJ print head correctly.
lation problem installed?

BJ print head 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the BJ print head?

Flexible cable 3 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the carriage unit?

Thermistor (TH1)

Carriage controller

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the carriage


controller to the engine controller.
If correct, replace the engine
controller.

4. 005xx (Ink tank system)

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Ink tank installation 1 Is the ink tank installed correctly? NO Install the ink tank correctly.
problem

Ink tank 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the ink tank?

Remaining ink sensor 3 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


(PS3) ing the purge unit?
Ink tank sensor (PS4)

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from each sensor


of the purge unit to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
engine controller.

5–34
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

5. 007xx (Purge unit)


a. E00701
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Pump home position 1 Does the purge motor (M3) rotate NO Check the wiring from the sensor to
sensor (PS1) when the power switch is turned the engine controller and the wiring
ON? from the purge motor to the engine
controller. If correct, replace the
Purge motor (M3) Turn OFF the power switch and purge unit.
unplug the power cord.
Engine controller Remove connector J202 on the YES Replace the engine controller.
engine controller.
Set the tester range to x10 and
connect the leads of the tester to the
harness terminals on the motor side
as shown in the table below. Are
the resistance values correct?

+ - Resistance value
J202-1 J202-2 Approx. 44Ω
J202-3 J202-4 Approx. 44Ω
J202-1 J202-5 Approx. 22Ω
J202-2 J202-5 Approx. 22Ω
J202-3 J202-6 Approx. 22Ω
J202-4 J202-6 Approx. 22Ω

b. E00711/W00721
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy
Full waste ink 1 Is the waste ink absorber unit full? YES Replace the waste ink absorber
absorber unit (Visual check) unit.
Service mode 2 Was the waste ink counter cleared NO Clear the waste ink absorber unit
(Service mode "CLEAR") after counter in the service mode
replacing the waste ink absorber "CLEAR".
unit?
Engine controller YES Replace the engine controller.

5–35
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. 008xx (Cutter system)


a. E00801
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

1 Is the code "001xx (Media/feeder YES Refer to step 7 onwards of Table 1.


system)" displayed when new 001xx (Media/feeder system)
media is loaded? (P.5-32).

Foreign substance in 2 Are there any foreign substances in YES Clean the groove.
the cut groove the cut groove?

Cutter installation 3 Is the cutter properly installed? YES Install the cutter properly.
problem

Defective cutter 4 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the cutter?
Engine controller NO Replace the engine controller.

b. E00811/E00841
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

1 Is the code "003xx (Drive system)" YES Refer to Table 2. 003xx (Drive
displayed when the power switch is system) (P.5-33).
turned ON?

Foreign substance in 2 Are there any foreign substances in YES Clean the groove.
the cut groove the cut groove?

Defective cutter 3 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the cutter?
Engine controller NO Replace the engine controller.

7. 011xx (Engine controller)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Malfunction 1 Is the trouble corrected by turning YES Completed.


the power switch OFF and ON?

Engine controller NO Replace the engine controller.

5–36
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. 012xx (Internal communication system)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Malfunction 1 Is the trouble corrected by turning YES Completed.


the power switch OFF and ON?

Engine controller 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the engine controller?

Image controller NO Replace the image controller.

9. 015xx (Power supply related)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Disconnected power 1 Is the power connector attached? NO Connect the connectors.


connector

Defective cooling fan 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


(FM2) ing the cooling fan?

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the fan to


the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.

10. 021xx (User-adjusted system)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Incorrect media 1 Are the media type and size NO Instruct the user to use the recom-
correct? mended media.

When loading the cut sheet media YES Refer to step 6 onwards of Table 1.
(normal menu), is the code "001xx 001xx (Media/feeder system) (P.5-32).
(Media/feeder system)" displayed?
Engine controller NO Replace the engine controller.

11. 051xx (Image controller)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Malfunction 1 Is the trouble corrected by turning YES Completed.


the power switch OFF and ON?

Image controller NO Replace the image controller.

5–37
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

12. 052xx (Serial interface communication system)


13. 053xx (Parallel interface communication system)
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Improper printer- 1 Is the printer-computer communi- NO Set the communication mode


computer communi- cation setting proper? properly.
cation setting

Image controller YES Replace the image controller.

14. 060xx (Internal data processing system)


a. W6041
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Missing color 1 Are all 3 color BJ print heads (Y, NO Install each color BJ print head.
BJ print heads (Y,M M and C) installed?
and C)
YES Refer to Table 3. 004xx (BJ print
head system) (P.5-34).

b. Others
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Data transmission 1 Does the same phenomenon occur NO Explain to the user that the trouble
problem with other data transfers? is in the data transfer.

Insufficient memory 2 Has the transmission data exceeded YES Instruct the user to add memory.
the memory capacity of the printer?

Incorrect setting of Does the same phenomenon occur NO Change the parallel interface
parallel interface 3 using the serial interface? communication mode.
communication mode

Image controller YES Replace the image controller.

5–38
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

15. 061xx (GL command system)


16. 062xx (GL2 command system)
17. 063xx (RTL command system)
18. 064xx (ESC command system)
19. 065xx (PJL command system)
20. 067xx (TIFF command system)
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Data transmission 1 Does the same phenomenon occur NO Explain to the user that the trouble
problem with other data transfers? is in the data transfer.

Improper printer- 2 Is the printer-computer communi- NO Set the communication mode


computer communi- cation setting proper? properly.
cation setting

Image controller YES Replace the image controller.

21. 097xx (Direct error code from the image controller)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Malfunction 1 Is the error corrected by turning the YES Completed.


power switch OFF and ON?

Image controller NO Replace the image controller.

22. 098xx (Direct error code from the engine controller)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Malfunction 1 Is the error corrected by turning the YES Completed.


power switch OFF and ON?

Engine controller NO Replace the engine controller.

23. 099xx (Others)


Problem/Unit Step Check item Remedy

Defective firmware 1 — Turn the power swith OFF and ON.

5–39
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

24. No power
Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Unplugged power 1 Is the power cord properly con- NO Connect the power cord correctly to
source nected to the receptacle on the the printer and outlet.
printer and the outlet?

Power source failure 2 Is the proper voltage available at NO Explain to the customer that the
the outlet? trouble is not related to the printer.

Operation panel 3 Does the carriage work when the YES Check the wiring from the image
power switch is turned ON? controller to the operation panel. If
correct, replace the operation panel.

Disconnected 4 Are connectors J101 and J102 on NO Connect the connectors properly.
connector the DC power unit correctly
connected?

Blown fuse 5 Is the fuse (F1) on the DC power YES Remove the cause of the blown
unit blown? fuse and replace the DC power
supply.

Power switch (SW1) 6 Turn OFF the power switch and NO Replace the power switch.
unplug the power cord. When
applying the leads of the tester to
the terminals 2 and 3, (then 5 and
6) of the power switch, and turning
the power switch ON, is continuity
indicated?

DC power supply 7 Remove connector J210 on the NO Check the wiring from the DC
unit engine controller. Set the tester power supply to the engine control-
range to 30VDC. With the power ler. If correct, replace the DC
switch ON and the tester leads on power supply.
the harness terminals on the DC
power supply side as shown in the
table below, are the voltages
normal?

+ - Voltage
J210-1 J210-3 +26V
J210-2 J210-4 +26V
J210-5 J210-6 +5V

Engine controller 8 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the engine controller?

Image controller NO Replace the image controller.

5–40
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

25. Nothing is indicated on the operation panel


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Disconnected 1 Are the connectors on the operation NO Connect the connectors properly.
connector panel and image controller con-
nected correctly?

Operation panel 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the operation panel?
Image controller NO Check the wiring from the opera-
tion panel to the image controller.
If correct, replace the image
controller.

26. Opening and closing of front cover is not detected


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Front cover switch 1 Disconnect the relay connector (J8) NO Replace the switch.
(SW2) of the front cover switch (SW2). Is
there continuity when connecting
Engine controller the tester leads rod to the connec- YES Replace the engine controller.
tors on the switch side and closing
the front cover?

27. Wiper solenoid does not working


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Wiper solenoid (SL1) 1 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the purge unit?

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the solenoid


to the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.

5–41
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

28. Media is not fed


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Loose set screw 1 Are the set screws fixing the paper NO Tighten the paper feed roller with
feed roller tightened firmly? set screws.

Paper feed motor (M1) 2 Turn OFF the power switch and NO Replace the paper feed motor.
unplug the power cord. Remove
Engine controller connector J203 on the engine YES Check the wiring from the motor to
controller. Set the tester range to the engine controller. If normal,
x10. replace the engine controller.
Are the resistance values normal
when the tester leads are connected
to the harness terminals on the motor
side as shown in the table below?

+ - Resistance value
J203-3 J203-4 Approx. 6.8Ω
J203-5 J203-6 Approx. 6.8Ω
J203-1 J203-3 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-1 J203-4 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-2 J203-5 Approx. 3.4Ω
J203-2 J203-6 Approx. 3.4Ω

29. Suction fan does not rotate


Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

1 Does the cooling fan (FM2) rotate YES Go to step 3.


when media is loaded?

PE sensor (PS6) 2 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the PE sensor (PS6)?

Suction fan (FM1) 3 Is the trouble corrected by replac- YES Completed.


ing the suction fan?

Engine controller NO Check the wiring from the fan to


the engine controller. If correct,
replace the engine controller.

5–42
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

V. CORRECTION OF IMAGE DEFECTS


A. Initial Inspection
The causes of poor images can be loosely classified into the following four cases :
• Installation environment
• Type or condition of media
• BJ cartridge
• Main unit problem
Check the installation environment, media and other conditions in the initial inspection.

1. Installation environment
Check that the installation environment standards are met.

2. Media check
Be sure to check the media condition for the following items :
• Recommended media
• Proper media storage environment

5–43
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

B. Corrective Procedures for Image Defects


1. Non-ejection of ink

Normal

Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

No ink 1 Is there ink in the ink tank chamber of the NO Replace the ink tank of that
applicable color? color.
(When the ink becomes faint
or no ink is ejected, an empty
ink tank is usually the cause.)

Clogged nozzles 2 Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the NO If the problem persists after
Foreign substance stuck applicable color. corrective steps have been
to the head Is the nozzle check pattern of that color attempted 3 times, check the
normal when printing using the "Nozzle following.
Check" in the [Internal Print] menu?

Defective head 3 Is the problem remedied by replacing the YES Completed.


BJ print head of that color and executing
Foreign substance stuck the following process? NO Replace the wiper (Cleaner
to the wiper • Load the recommended type of media blade).
larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto Adjust" in
the [Adjustment] menu.

5–44
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

2. Vertical misalignment 1

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

BJ print head 1 Is it corrected by reinstalling the BJ print YES Completed.


installation problem head of the applicable color and doing the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu

Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print YES Completed.


head of that color and doing the follow-
ing?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and doing the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu.

5–45
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Vertical misalignment 2

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Printing position 1 Is it corrected by loading the recom- YES Completed.


adjustment problem mended type of media (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3 and execut-
ing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjust-
ment] menu?

Paper thickness 2 Is the paper thickness adjustment lever in NO Set the paper thickness
adjustment problem the proper position? adjustment lever position
properly and carry out the
following.
• Load the recommended type
of media (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3
and execute the "Auto
Adjust" in the [Adjustment]
menu.

Print mode Check the print mode. YES Set the [Print Mode] menu to
Is it in "Draft" mode? other than "Draft".

5–46
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

4. Low resolution

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Clogged nozzle, foreign 1 Execute the [Head Cleaning] for the NO If the problem persists after
substance stuck to the applicable color. corrective steps have been
head Is the nozzle check pattern of that color attempted 3 times, check the
proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" next step.
in the [Internal Print] menu?

Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print YES Completed.


head of that color and carrying out the
following?
• Load the recommended type of media
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu?

5. Dislocation of dots of different colors

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Foreign substance stuck 1 Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. NO If the problem persists after
to the head Is the nozzle check pattern of that color corrective steps have been
proper when printing the "Nozzle Check" attempted 3 times, check the
in the [Internal Print] menu? next step.

Printing position 2 Is it corrected by loading the recom- YES Completed.


adjustment problem mended type of paper (plain paper or
coated paper) larger than A3 and execut-
ing the "Auto Adjust" in the [Adjustment]
menu?

Defective head 3 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print YES Completed.


head of that color and executing the
Defective media sensor following? NO Replace the carriage unit and
(PS9) on the carriage • Load the recommended type of media do the following.
unit (plain paper or coated paper) larger • Load the recommended
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" type of media (plain paper
in the [Adjustment] menu. or coated paper) larger than
A3 and execute "Auto
Adjust" of [Adjustment]
menu.

5–47
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

6. Dot misalignment

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Foreign substance stuck 1 Execute [Head Cleaning] for that color. NO If the problem persists after
to the head Is the nozzle check pattern of that color corrective steps have been
proper when the "Nozzle Check" in the attempted 3 times, check the
[Internal Print] menu is printed? next step.

Defective head 2 Is it corrected by replacing the BJ print YES Completed.


head of that color and executing the
Foreign substance stuck following? NO Replace the wiper (cleaner
to wiper (cleaner blade) • Load the recommended type of media blade).
(plain paper or coat paper) larger than
A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust" in
the [Adjustment] menu.

5–48
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

7. Lines (Carriage direction)

Normal Abnormal

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Main menu settings 1 Is the "Band Joint" selected in "Feed NO If the problem persists after setting
Priority" in the [System Setup] menu? "Band Joint", check the following.

Clogged nozzles 2 Carry out the [Head Cleaning] for the NO If the problem persists after
Foreign substance stuck applicable color. this step has been attempted 3
to the head Is the nozzle check pattern of that color times, check the following.
normal when printing using the "Nozzle
Check" in the [Internal Print] menu?

Improper paper feed rate 3 Load the recommended type of media YES Completed.
adjustment larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto Band-Adj"
in the [Adjustment] menu.

Defective head 4 Is the problem remedied by replacing the YES Completed.


BJ print head of that color and executing
the following?
• Load the recommended type of media
larger than A3 (plain paper or coated
paper) and execute the "Auto Band-
Adj" in the [Adjustment] menu.

5–49
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

8. White lines (Paper feed direction)

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Linear scale 1 Is it corrected by replacing the linear YES Completed.


scale and executing the following?
Engine controller • Load the recommended type of media NO Replace the engine controller.
(plain paper or coated paper) larger
than A3 and execute the "Auto Adjust"
in the [Adjustment] menu.

5–50
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

9. Bleeding

DENSITY 1 DENSITY 1

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Media smudges easily. 1 Is the recommended type of media being NO Use the recommended type of
used? media (coated paper or other
smudge resistant paper).

Printable side reversed. 2 Is the printable side of the media facing NO Explain to the user to use the
up? media with the printable side
facing up.

Print mode 3 Check the print mode. YES Set the [Print Mode] to other
Is it in "Draft" mode? than "Draft".

10. Dimensional accuracy problems

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Expansion/contraction 1 Is it corrected by using the media after YES Explain to the user to use the
of media placing the media under the machine media only after placing it
operating environment for some time? under the machine operating
environment for some time.

Paper feed accuracy 2 Confirm with the paper feed accuracy NO Adjust the paper feed accu-
compensation value compensation value adjustment pattern. racy compensation value.
(See page 5-13).

5–51
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

11. Blotting boundary between filled images

Normal Abnormal

Problem/Unit Step Check item Result Remedy

Poor moisture absor- 1 Is the recommended type of media being NO Explain to the user to use the
bency of media used? recommended type of media
(media with high absor-
bency).

Printable side reversed 2 Is the printable side of the media facing NO Explain to the user to place
up? the printable side of the
media facing up.

Ink dries slowly. 3 Check the print mode. NO Set the [Print Mode] menu to
Is it in "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolution" "Enhanced" or "Hi-Resolu-
mode? tion".

5–52
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

VI. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ARRANGEMENT/


FUNCTIONS
A. Sensors and Switches
PS8 PS6
SW2

PS9

PS4 PS3 SW1

PS2

PS1

Figure 5-601

Name Symbol Function

Photo-interrupter PS1 Pump position detection


PS2 Home position detection
PS3 Detection of remaining ink in the ink chamber
PS4 Detection of the ink tank presence
PS6 Media trailing edge detection

Sensor PS8 Printing position detection


PS9 Media leading edge detection, media width detection,
internal temperature detection, printing position detection

Switch SW1 AC power OFF/ON


SW2 Front cover open/close detection

Table 5-601

5–53
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

B. Motors, Fans, and Solenoids

M2

FM1
M1
FM2

SL1

M3

Figure 5-602

Name Symbol Function

Motor M1 Paper feed drive


M2 Carriage drive
M3 Pump drive

Fan FM1 Hold paper during printing


FM2 Heat dispersion

Solenoid SL1 Wiper (cleaner blade) lifting

Table 5-602

5–54
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Logic boards

[3]
[1]
[2]

[5]
[4]

Figure 5-603

Name Symbol Function

Engine controller [1] Sequence control/motor control

Image controller [2] Data communication to host/raster conversion

Carriage controller [3] Head drive signal/sensor signal relay

DC power supply [4] DC power supply

Operation panel controller [5] Operation key, LED and message display control

Table 5-603

5–55
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

D. Engine Controller

J217 SW201

8 1
1

J213 J214
11 1 3
J201
17
J202

8 1
J212
8

1
1
J203
6

J211

1 2
1
J210
B1 J209 B16
J204
2 1

A1 A16

8
J205 J206 39 J207 1 39 J208 1

1 4 1 3 40 2 40 2

Figure 5-604

SW No. Function Remarks

SW201 Switching between A1 and A0 size A0: No jumper


models.
A1: Jumper installed

Table 5-604

5–56
CHAPTER 5. TROUBLESHOOTING

E. Image Controller

71
72
71
72
DSW601
LED

LED
601

602 SIM601

SIM602

40
39
1
2
A1

B11

CN602
1
2
1
2
CN601

LED LED
603 604 A16 CN607 A1
A11

22
21
19
20
B1

B16 B1
18 CN604 1
LED

5 CN605 1
605

CN603 CN606
1 2 36 19 9 6 1 8

Figure 5-605

SW No. Function Remarks

DSW601-1 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory

DSW601-2 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory

DSW601-3 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory

DSW601-4 For factory adjustment Set to ON before shipment from factory

DSW601-5 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory

DSW601-6 For factory adjustment Set to OFF before shipment from factory

LED601 Unused —

LED602 Unused —

LED603 Lit in CPU operation (normal) —

LED604 Lit at CPU stop (abnormal) —

LED605 Lit when power is supplied —

Table 5-605

5–57
CHAPTER 6

CIRDUIT DIAGRAM

A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ........................ 6-1 D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER ............................ 6-33


B. IMAGE CONTROLLER ....................................... 6-4 E. PAPER SENSOR ............................................ 6-41
C. ENGIN CONTROLLER .................................... 6-16 F. OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER ............. 6-42
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

A. GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General circuit diagram (1/3)
CARRIAGE MOTOR PAPER FEED MOTOR SUCTION FAN COOLING FAN PE SENSOR FRONT COVER SENSOR

F
J7 2
1 3

J12 J8
6 4 2 J5 2 1
5 3 1 2 1
1 2
6 4 2 2 1

FAN_CONT

MEDIA_IN
5 3 1

DOOR_IN
FAN_CONT

FANSTS

GND

GND
Vcc
YBN

XBN

XAN
YAN

VH
VH
VH

VH
VH
YB

XB

XA
YA

VH
J201 J203 J206 J214
6 4 2 6 4 2 2 2
J204 J211
7 5 3 1 5 3 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 2 1
6 4 2 6 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 1
E
7 5 3 1 5 3 1 3 1 3 1
J202 J9

8 8 8 8
7 7 7 7
PPOW_CONL
6 6 6 6
PPOW_CONL
5 5 5 5
J202 PG_OUT4
4 4 4 4
PG_OUT3 PURGE MOTOR
3 3 3 3
PG_OUT2
2 2 2 2
PG_OUT1
1 1 1 1

J4
1
2 HOME POSITION SENSOR

J212 J1 3 D
Vcc
8 8 1 8
CRGHP_IN
7 7 2 7
GND
6 6 3 6 J3
Vcc
5 5 4 5 1
ENGINE CONTROLLER J212 PURHP_IN PUMP SENSOR
4 4 5 4 2
GND
3 3 6 3 3
SOL_CONT
2 2 7 2
VH
1 1 8 1
J2

1 2
GND(H)

WIPER SOLENOID
2 1
GND
Vcc

VH

J210

6 4 2 4 2
5 3 1 3 1 1
J10
3
J13
1
C
INK TANK SENSOR
6 4 2 J205 2 2 2
5 3 1 J210 3 1 3

J213
Vcc
11 11
GND(H)
GND(H)

TANK
10 10
GND

GND J11
Vcc

9 9
VH
VH

INK1_IN
8 8 1 4
J102 GND
7 7 2 3 INK SENSOR
6 4 2 J213 INKCONN
6 6 3 2
5 3 1 Vcc
5 5 4 1
6 4 2 4 4
5 3 1 3 3
2 2
J102
1 1 B
POWER SUPPLY

2 1
3 2 1
J101
N
L

L 5 6
AC INLET
AC 100-240V
50/60HZ 2 3
N

6-1
DIK3 Vcc

30
40
HRESET GND

29
39
DCLK3 O_OHTP0

28
38
IDATA3 O_OHTP1

27
37
VH O_OHTP2
8

26
36
VH O_OHTP3

25
35
VH GND

24
34
SUB3 O_EHTP0

23
33
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050

SUB3 O_EHTP1
9

22
32
GND(H) O_EHTP2

21
31
10
GND(H) O_EHTP3
11

20
30
GND(H) GND

19
29
12
GND(H) Vcc

18
28
13

Vcc BENB00

17
27
14

J506
GND BENB01

16
26
15

GND BENB02

15
25
16

HS2B3 BENB10

J501

14
24
17

HEAD(3)
ODD3 BENB11

13
23
18
J208

BE30 BENB12

12
22
19

HENB3 BENB20

11
21
20

DIR3 BENB21

10
20
21
7

DIA3 BENB22

9
19
22

RANK3 BENB30

8
18
23

HS1B3 BENB31

7
17
24

HS1A3 BENB32

6
16
25

HS2A3 GND

5
15
26

LTCLK3 HLDTRG

4
14
27

EVEN3 GND

3
13
28

BE31 GND

2
12
29

HENB3 OCRCDET

1
11
30

GND
10
31

COM_DAT
9

DIK2
32

30
COM_CLK
8

HRESET
33

29
COM_LT
7

DCLK2
34

28
COM_DIR
6

IDATA2
35

27
CRC_CLK
5

VH
36

26
CRC_DAT
4

VH
37

25
TRI_ENBN
3
6

VH
38

24
GND
2

SUB2
39

23
GND
1

SUB2
40

22
GND(H)

21
GND(H) VH
1

20
40

GND(H) VH
2

19
39

GND(H) VH
3

18
38
ENGINE CONTROLLER

Vcc GND(H)
4

17
37

J505

GND GND(H)
5

16
36

GND GND(H)
6

15
35

HS2B2 O_HRESET
7

14
34

ODD2 LSA

HEAD(2)
8

13
33

BE20 LSB
9

12
32

HENB2 REGISENS
11
31
10

DIR2 REGI_HOLD
11

10
30

DIA2 H5VCNTN
9
29
12

RANK2 O_R5VCONTN
8
28
13
5

HS1B2 P26SUP
7
27
14

HS1A2 O_DI_RNKSEL0
6
26
15

HS2A2 O_DI_RNKSEL1
5
25
16

LTCLK2 O_DI_RNKSEL2
4
24
17

EVEN2 O_HD_SEL0
3
J207

23
18

J502

BE21 O_HD_SEL1
2
22
19

HENB2 O_HD_DT0
1
21
20

O_HD_DT1
20
21

O_HD_DT2
DIK1
19
22

30

O_HD_DT3
HRESET
18
23

29

O_HD_CLK
DCLK1
17
24

28

O_HD_LTCLK
IDATA1
16
25

27

O_SUBH0
VH
15
26

26

O_SUBH1
VH
14
27

25

VH O_SUBH2
13
28

24

SUB1 O_SUBH3
12
29

23

GND
4

SUB1
11
30

22

LED_CONT_R
GND(H)
10
31

21

LED_CONT_L
9

GND(H)
32

CARRIAGE CONTROLLER

20

GND
8

GND(H)
33

19

HABA_IN
7

GND(H)
34

18

REGILOOK
6

Vcc
35

17
J504

RANK_IN
5

GND
36

16

THERM_IN
4

GND
37

15

DI_IN
3

HS2B1
38

14

HEAD(1)

GND
2

ODD1
39

13

Vcc
1

BE10
40

12

HENB1
11

DIR1
10

DIA1
9

RANK1
8

HS1B1
7

HS1A1
6
3

HS2A1
5

LTCLK1
4

EVEN1
3

BE11 GND
2
8

HENB1
1

THERM
7

POUT
6

J510

DIK0
30

+5V
5

HRESET
29

DCLK0 REGOUT
4

28

IDATA0
+26V
27
3

VH
PAPER SENSOR

26

LEDR
2

VH
25

VH LEDB
1

24

SUB0
23

SUB0
22

GND(H)
21
2

GND(H)
20

GND(H)
19

GND(H)
18

Vcc
17
J503

GND
16

GND
15

HS2B0
14

ODD0
HEAD(0)
13

BE00
12
1

HENB0 LSA
11
4

DIR0
J509
2

10

Vcc
3

DIA0
9
3

RANK0 LSB
8
2
4

HS1B0
7

GND
1

HS1A0
6
5

HS2A0
5

LTCLK0
1

EVEN0
LINEAR SCALE/LINEAR SENSOR

BE01
2

HENB0
1
General circuit diagram (2/3)

A
B
E

C
D

6-2
Part 6: Circuit Diagram
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
General circuit diagram (3/3)

F
RS-232C CENTRONICS

1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 J701
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 CN602
PKEY0 CN701
1 1 1 1
PVcc
CD
TD
RD
DSR
GND
DTR
CTS
RTS
RI

/STB
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
/ACK
BUSY
PE
SELECT
AFD
N.C.
GND
FG
Vcc
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
/INT
/FAULT
GND
N.C.
Vcc
SELIN
40 40 24 24
PKEY1
2 2 2 2
CN605 CN604 CPURSTL
39 39 23 23
PKEY2 RSV2
3 3 3 3
Vss PKEY0
38 38 22 22
PKEY3 PLED9
4 4 4 4
R/WN PKEY1
37 37 21 21
PKEY4 PLED8
5 5 5 5
Vss PKEY2
36 36 20 20
PKEY5 PLED7
35
6
35
6
RS PKEY3
6
19
6
19
E
BUZZER PLED6
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 7 7 7 7
VEE PKEY4
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 34 34 18 18
RSV1 PLED5
8 8 8 8
LCDE PKEY5
33 33 17 17
EXPANSION SLOT SIM601 Vss PLED4
9 9 9 9
Vss BUZZER
32 32 16 16
PLED0 PLED3
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 10 10 10 10
PDAT7 RSV1
31 31 15 15
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 PLED1 PLED2 OPERATION PANEL CONTROLLER
11 11 11 11
PDAT6 Vss
30 30 14 14
PLED2 PLED1
EXPANSION SLOT SIM602 12 12 12 12
PDAT5 PLED0
29 29 13 13
PLED3
13 13
PDAT4
28 28 CN702
14 14 PLED4
Vss
1
22
1
22
D
27 27 PVcc
PLED5 2 2
15 15 RSV3
PDAT3 21 21
26 26 CPURSTL
IMAGE CONTROLLER 16 16 PLED6
Vss
3 3
PDAT2 20 20
25 25 Vss
PLED7 4 4
17 17 PDAT0
PDAT1 19 19
24 24 R/WN
PLED8 5 5
18 18 PDAT1
PDAT0 18 18
23 23 Vss
PLED9 6 6
19 19 PDAT2
Vss 17 17
22 22 RS
RSV2 7 7
20 20 PDAT3
RSV3 16 16
21 21 VEE
8 8
Vss
J602 15 15
LCDE
PDAT4
9 9 C
14 14
Vss
CN607 10 10
PDAT5
1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b 13 13
PDAT7
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a 11 11
PDAT6
12 12
J702
PIXRDY
PIXCLK

CPRDY
PPRDY
VENB

EXT0
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
EXT4
EXT5
GND
GND

GND
GND
PIX0
PIX1
PIX2
PIX3
PIX4
PIX5

PIX6
PIX7

DSR
DTR
CTS
RTS
RxD
TxD
Vcc
Vcc
Vcc

B
J209 1b 2b 3b 4b 5b 6b 7b 8b 9b 10b 11b 12b 13b 14b 15b 16b
1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a

ENGINE CONTROLLER

6-3
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

B. IMAGE CONTROLLER
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (1/12)

CA[31..2]
CA[31..2] (11/12-F7)
CD[31..0]
CD[31..0] (11/12-F7)
C605
4700p F
GND L601
VCC

VCC

103

127
140
148
154
168
171
180
190
GND

115
72

12
20
28
32
37
44
50
61
71
79
82
96
99
1
Y602 R879
8 5

VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCCPLL
4 33 CA2 111 36 CD0
A2 D0
CA3 112 35 CD1
A3 D1
33MHz(DIP) CA4 113 34 CD2
GND C664 A4 D2
CA5 114 33 CD3
A5 D3
33P CA6 116 27 CD4
A6 D4
CA7 117 26 CD5
A7 D5
GND CA8 118 25 CD6
A8 D6
CA9 119 23 CD7
A9 D7
CA10 120 22 CD8
A10 D8
CA11 122 21 CD9
A11 D9
CA12 123 19 CD10
A12 D10
VCC VCC CA13 124 18 CD11
A13 D11
VCC CA14 128 17 CD12
A14 D12
CA15 129 15 CD13

R713 R921 R711


R715
2.2K
CA16
CA17
130
132
A15
A16
A17
D13
D14
D15
14
13
CD14
CD15
E
4.7K 4.7K 4.7K R714 U613 CA18 133 11 CD16
A18 D16
10Kf 5 8 CA19 134 10 CD17
VCC RESET A19 D17
CA20 136 9 CD18
A20 D18
7 3 CA21 137 8 CD19
VSA OUTC A21 D19
CA22 138 6 CD20
A22 D20
6 CA23 139 5 CD21
(8/12-D5) SOFTSW VSB A23 D21
CA24 141 4 CD22
A24 D22
2 CA25 142 3 CD23
VSC VCC A25 D23
R710 CA26 143 195 CD24
A26 D24
3.9Kf 1 CA27 144 194 CD25
CT A27 D25
CA28 145 192 CD26
R875 A28 D26
VCC 4 VCC CA29 151 191 CD27
GND 4.7K A29 D27
C615 CA30 152 189 CD28
A30 D28
2.2uF CA31 153 188 CD29
A31 D29
R712 R810 187 CD30
D30
4.7K 4.7K U608A 87 186 CD31
CLKIN D31
U608B 1
(8/12-D5) 4 3 91 170
CPURSTL RESET BE0 CBE0L (11/12-A7)
6 GND 2
5 C645 46 172
(7/12-E3) RESETL STEST BE1 CBE1L (11/12-A7)
C610 0.01u
0.01u GND 43 U607 175
(2/12-C8)(7/12-D7)(10/12-E6) RSTL VCC ONCE BE2 CBE2L (11/12-A7)
GND
C611 C688 C609 GND U631A 85 80960CF(PQFP) 176
0.01u 0.01u

GND
0.01u (5/12-C8) (7/12-E1) (8/12-E8) (9/12-C8) RST
2 1
181
CLKMODE

HOLD
BE3

W/R
164
CBE3L

RDL
(11/12-A7)

(10/12-D6)
D
TP605 R697
(10/12-C6) GND 182 178
READYL READY ADS ADSL (10/12-D6)
33 184 45
C607 BTERM FAIL
R880
33P 40 78
BOFF PCLK1 PCLK1 (10/12-E6)
GND 57 74 33 C666
VCC DREQ0 PCLK2
33P
58 179
DREQ1 HOLDA
GND
59 155
DREQ2 BREQ
60 159 VCC
DREQ3 D/C
R701
108 158
(7/12-E3) ABORTL NMI SUP
10K
(7/12-E3) 93 162 (10/12-D6)
INTL XINT0 WAIT WAITL

(7/12-E3) 94 169 (10/12-C6)


DBINTL XINT1 BLAST BLASTL

(7/12-C4) 95 163
OSINTL XINT2 DT/R DTRL (5/12-F8) (7/12-E5)

(7/12-C4) 100 167


EVENTL XINT3 DEN DENL (10/12-C6)

(5/12-D8) 232INTL
101
XINT4 LOCK
156
R700
VCC C
(9/12-D8) 102 160
RXINT XINT5 DMA
106 62 10K VCC
(9/12-D8) TXINT XINT6 DACK0
R696 U620A VCC
(10/12-B3) 107 66 LED603 R969
RSINT XINT7 EOP/TC0
1 2
63 10K VCC
DACK1
R695 330
67
EOP/TC1
2
GND 10K
7 64 VCC U620B
GND DACK2
16 R694 LED604 R970
GND
24 68 3 4
GND EOP/TC2
30
GND 10K
38 65 VCC 330
GND DACK3
39 R693
GND
49 69

GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC GND EOP/TC3
56
GND 10K

105
109

121
125
131
135
147
150
161
165
173
174
185
196
70
75
77
81
83
88
89
92
98

110
C608 C612 C665 C650 C656 GND
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
B
GND
GND
VCC

C667 C668 C669 C651 C652 C653 C657


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND

6-4
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (2/12)
(5/12-F8)
(10/12-F6)
(11/12-F2) D[31..0]
D[31..0]

(11/12-F2) A[31..2]
A[31..2]
F
U612 U618 XU601
A2 25 A2 25 11
A0 A0 (11/12-A5) BE1L A0
A3 24 29 D0 A3 24 29 D16 A2 10 15 D0
A1 DQ0 A1 DQ0 A1 DQ0
A4 23 31 D1 A4 23 31 D17 A3 9 17 D1
A2 DQ1 A2 DQ1 A2 DQ1
A5 22 33 D2 A5 22 33 D18 A4 8 19 D2
A3 DQ2 A3 DQ2 A3 DQ2
A6 21 35 D3 A6 21 35 D19 A5 7 21 D3
A4 DQ3 A4 DQ3 A4 DQ3
A7 20 38 D4 A7 20 38 D20 A6 6 24 D4
A5 DQ4 A5 DQ4 A5 DQ4
A8 19 40 D5 A8 19 40 D21 A7 5 26 D5
A6 DQ5 A6 DQ5 A6 DQ5
A9 18
A7 DQ6
42 D6 A9 18
A7 DQ6
42 D22 A8 4
A7 DQ6
28 D6 E
A10 8 44 D7 A10 8 44 D23 A9 42 30 D7
A8 DQ7 A8 DQ7 A8 DQ7
A11 7 30 D8 A11 7 30 D24 A10 41 16 D8
A9 DQ8 A9 DQ8 A9 DQ8
A12 6 32 D9 A12 6 32 D25 A11 40 18 D9
A10 DQ9 A10 DQ9 A10 DQ9
A13 5 34 D10 A13 5 34 D26 A12 39 20 D10
A11 DQ10 A11 DQ10 A11 DQ10
A14 4 36 D11 A14 4 36 D27 A13 38 22 D11
A12 DQ11 A12 DQ11 A12 DQ11
A15 3 39 D12 A15 3 39 D28 A14 37 25 D12
A13 DQ12 A13 DQ12 A13 DQ12
A16 2 41 D13 A16 2 41 D29 A15 36 27 D13
A14 DQ13 A14 DQ13 A14 DQ13
A17 1 43 D14 A17 1 43 D30 A16 35 29 D14
A15 DQ14 A15 DQ14 A15 DQ14
A18 48 45 D15 A18 48 45 D31 A17 34 31 D15
A16 DQ15 A16 DQ15 A16 DQ15
A19 17 A19 17 A18 3
D
A17 A17 A17
A20 16 12 A20 16 12 A19 2 44
A18 RESET A18 RESET A18 RESET
26 15 26 15 12 1
CE RY/BY CE RY/BY CE RY/BY
28 47 28 47 14 33
OE BYTE VCC OE BYTE VCC OE BYTE VCC
11 11 43
WE WE WE

C
(1/12-D6) RSTL
R939 VCC
(10/12-C6) FROML 33
R938
(10/12-C6) FOEL 33 R706 R705 R881
R937 10K 10K 10K
(10/12-C6) FWE0L 33
R936
(10/12-C6) FWE3L 33 U608C
R707 9 R703
(10/12-C6) BFROML 33 8
R709 JP602 10
(10/12-C2) BOOTCSL 33 33
U608D
R704 12 R702
(10/12-C6) BFOEL 33 11
R708 JP601 13
(10/12-C2) BOOTOEL 33 33 B
R882 JP604
(10/12-C2) BOOTWRL 33

VCC

C616 C613 C658


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND
A

6-5
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (3/12)

MD[31..0]
(12/12-F2) MD[31..0]
MA[10..0]
(12/12-F2) MA[10..0]

U616
E
U602
MA0 21 2 MD0 U611
A0 I/O0
MA0 21 2 MD16 U606
A0 I/O0
MA1 22 3 MD1 MA0 21 2 MD0
A1 I/O1 A0 I/O0
MA1 22 3 MD17 MA0 21 2 MD16
A1 I/O1 A0 I/O0
MA2 23 4 MD2 MA1 22 3 MD1
A2 I/O2 A1 I/O1
MA2 23 4 MD18 MA1 22 3 MD17
A2 I/O2 A1 I/O1
MA3 24 5 MD3 MA2 23 4 MD2
A3 I/O3 A2 I/O2
MA3 24 5 MD19 MA2 23 4 MD18
A3 I/O3 A2 I/O2
MA4 27 7 MD4 MA3 24 5 MD3
A4 I/O4 A3 I/O3
MA4 27 7 MD20 MA3 24 5 MD19
A4 I/O4 A3 I/O3
MA5 28 8 MD5 MA4 27 7 MD4
A5 I/O5 A4 I/O4
MA5 28 8 MD21 MA4 27 7 MD20
A5 I/O5 A4 I/O4
MA6 29 9 MD6 MA5 28 8 MD5
A6 I/O6 A5 I/O5
MA6 29 9 MD22 MA5 28 8 MD21
A6 I/O6 A5 I/O5
MA7 30 10 MD7 MA6 29 9 MD6
A7 I/O7 A6 I/O6
MA7 30 10 MD23 MA6 29 9 MD22
A7 I/O7 A6 I/O6
MA8 31 41 MD8 MA7 30 10 MD7
A8 I/O8 A7 I/O7
MA8 31 41 MD24 MA7 30 10 MD23
A8 I/O8 A7 I/O7
MA9 32 42 MD9 MA8 31 41 MD8
A9 I/O9 A8 I/O8
MA9 32 42 MD25 MA8 31 41 MD24
A9 I/O9 A8 I/O8
43 MD10 MA9 32 42 MD9
I/O10 A9 I/O9
43 MD26 MA9 32 42 MD25
I/O10 A9 I/O9
18

35
RAS

LCAS
I/O11

I/O12
44

46
MD11

MD12
18
RAS I/O11
44 MD27
18
RAS
I/O10

I/O11
43

44
MD10

MD11
I/O10
43 MD26 D
35 46 MD28 18 44 MD27
LCAS I/O12 RAS I/O11
34 47 MD13 35 46 MD12
UCAS I/O13 LCAS I/O12
34 47 MD29 35 46 MD28
UCAS I/O13 LCAS I/O12
17 48 MD14 34 47 MD13
WE I/O14 UCAS I/O13
17 48 MD30 34 47 MD29
WE I/O14 UCAS I/O13
33 49 MD15 17 48 MD14
OE I/O15 WE I/O14
33 49 MD31 17 48 MD30
OE I/O15 WE I/O14
VCC 33 49 MD15
OE I/O15
GND VCC 33 49 MD31
OE I/O15
11 1 GND VCC
NC VCC
11 1 GND VCC
NC VCC
15 6 11 1 GND
NC VCC NC VCC
15 6 11 1
NC VCC NC VCC
16 25 15 6
NC VCC NC VCC
16 25 15 6
NC VCC NC VCC
19 16 25
NC NC VCC
19 16 25
NC NC VCC
20 26 19
NC GND NC
20 26 19
NC GND NC
36 45 20 26
NC GND NC GND
36 45 20 26
NC GND NC GND
40 50 36 45
NC GND NC GND
40 50 36 45
NC GND NC GND
40 50
GND
GND
NC GND
40
NC GND
50
C
GND
GND

TP619
R953
(10/12-D2) RAS0L
TP626 33
R955
(10/12-D2) RAS1L
33
R951
(10/12-D2) CAS0AL
33
R952
(10/12-D2) CAS1AL
TP624 33
R949
(10/12-D2) CAS2AL
33
(10/12-D2) R950
CAS3AL
TP625 33
(10/12-D2) DWEL
R954
22
WEL (4/12-B8) B

VCC

C673 C663 C677 C674 C662 C649 C648 C642


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND

6-6
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (4/12)

F
MD[31..0]
(12/12-F2) MD[31..0]
MA[10..0]
(12/12-F2) MA[10..0]

SIM601 SIM602
1 37 1 37
VSS NC VSS NC
MD0 GND 2 38 MD0 GND 2 38
D0 NC D0 NC
MD16 3 39 MD16 3 39
D16 VSS D16 VSS
MD1 4 40 GND MD1 4 40 GND
D1 CAS0 D1 CAS0
MD17 5 41 MD17 5 41
D17 CAS2 D17 CAS2
MD2 6 42 MD2 6 42
D2 CAS3 D2 CAS3
MD18 7 43 MD18 7 43
D18 CAS1 D18 CAS1
MD3 8 44 MD3 8 44

MD19 9
D3

D19
RAS0

RAS1
45 MD19 9
D3

D19
RAS0

RAS1
45 E
10 46 10 46
VCC VCC NC VCC VCC NC
11 47 11 47
NC WE NC WE
MA0 12 48 MA0 12 48
A0 NC A0 NC
MA1 13 49 MD8 MA1 13 49 MD8
A1 D8 A1 D8
MA2 14 50 MD24 MA2 14 50 MD24
A2 D24 A2 D24
MA3 15 51 MD9 MA3 15 51 MD9
A3 D9 A3 D9
MA4 16 52 MD25 MA4 16 52 MD25
A4 D25 A4 D25
MA5 17 53 MD10 MA5 17 53 MD10
A5 D10 A5 D10
MA6 18 54 MD26 MA6 18 54 MD26
A6 D26 A6 D26
MA10 19 55 MD11 MA10 19 55 MD11
A10 D11 A10 D11
MD4 20 56 MD27 MD4 20 56 MD27
D4 D27 D4 D27
MD20 21 57 MD12 MD20 21 57 MD12
D20 D12 D20 D12
MD5 22
D5 D28
58 MD28 MD5 22
D5 D28
58 MD28 D
MD21 23 59 MD21 23 59
D21 VCC VCC D21 VCC VCC
MD6 24 60 MD29 MD6 24 60 MD29
D6 D29 D6 D29
MD22 25 61 MD13 MD22 25 61 MD13
D22 D13 D22 D13
MD7 26 62 MD30 MD7 26 62 MD30
D7 D30 D7 D30
MD23 27 63 MD14 VCC VCC MD23 27 63 MD14
D23 D14 D23 D14
VCC VCC VCC VCC
MA7 28 64 MD31 MA7 28 64 MD31
A7 D31 R814 A7 D31
R816
29 65 MD15 10K 4.7K R815 29 65 MD15 R817 R819 R818
NC D15 NC D15
4.7K 10K
30 66 30 66 4.7K 4.7K
VCC VCC NC VCC VCC NC
(10/12-D2) (10/12-D2)
MA8 31 67 MA8 31 67
A8 PD1 SM1T0 A8 PD1 SM2T0
MA9 32 68 MA9 32 68
A9 PD2 SM1T1 A9 PD2 SM2T1
TP602 (10/12-D2) TP603 (10/12-D2)
33 69 33 69
RAS3 PD3 RAS3 PD3
34 70 34 70
RAS2 PD4 RAS2 PD4
35
NC NC
71 35
NC NC
71 C
36 72 36 72
NC VSS NC VSS
GND GND

TP615 R942
(10/12-D2) RAS2L
TP620 33
R941
(1012/-D2) RAS3L
TP616 33
R944
(10/12-E2) RAS4L
TP621 33
R943
(10/12-E2) RAS5L
TP618 33
R948
(10/12-D2) CAS0BL
TP622 33
R945
(10/12-D2) CAS1BL
TP623 33
R947
(10/12-D2) CAS2BL
TP617 33
R946
(10/12-D2) CAS3BL
TP604 33
(3/12-B1) WEL

VCC B
R935
VCC 10K

JP605
CLL (10/12-D3)
C646 C647 C671 C672
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF GND

GND

6-7
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D[31..0]
D[31..0] 645ID[7..0]
645ID[7..0] (12/12-A7) Image controller (5/12)
(2/12-F8) U604
ID[7..0] (6/12-F7) (7/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2)
(10/12-F6) D0 2 18 645ID0
A1 B1
(11/12-F2)
D1 3 17 645ID1
A2 B2
D2 4 16 645ID2
A3 B3
D3 5 15 645ID3
A4 B4
D4 6
A5 B5
14 645ID4 F
D5 7 13 645ID5
A6 B6
D6 8 12 645ID6
A7 B7
D7 9 11 645ID7
A8 B8
R605 1 19
(1/12-C2) DTRL DIR EG
100

R604
(10/12-D2) IOSELL
100
VCC
U627
541IA[2..0] (12/12-A7) 12 11
541IA[2..0] C1+ VCC
C637 C638
U603 0.1uF 0.1uF
2 18 541IA0 14 13
(11/12-A5) BE0L A1 B1 C1- V+
(7/12-B7) IA[2..0] (12/12-B2)
IA[2..0]
(11/12-A5) 3 17 541IA1 15 17
BE1L A2 B2 (7/12-F1) C2+ V-
A2 4 16 541IA2 (8/12-E8) C622 C621
A3 B3
(9/12-D8) 0.1uF 0.1uF
(10/12-D2)

(10/12-D2)
IORDL

IOWRL
5

6
A4

A5
B4

B5
15

14
IO_RDL

IO_WRL
ID7 8
U632
DB7 TRNDT
19
16

7
C2-

T1I
GND

T1O
10

2 GND R812 R813


10K
E
VCC 1k
7 13 (7/12-B7) ID6 7 3 6 3
A6 B6 DB6 RCVDT T2I T2O
(7/12-F1)
R603 8 12 (8/12-E8) ID5 6 23 20 1
A7 B7 DB5 RTS T3I T3O
10K
9 11 (9/12-D8) ID4 5 24 21 28
A8 B8 DB4 DTR T4I T4O
1 19 ID3 2 17 8 9
DIR EG DB3 CTS R1O R1I
ID2 1 22 5 4
DB2 DSR R2O R2I CN605
ID1 28 26 27 1
DB1 R3O R3I CD
L628
GND ID0 27 9 22 23 2
DB0 TRNCLK R4O R4I TD
25 19 18 L626 3
RCVCLK R5O R5I RD
11 24 25 L627 4
(10/12-C2) SCU0L CS EN SHDN VCC DSR
13 5
RD GND
VCC 10 6
WR DTR
IA0 12 7
R964
10K
CMDT
L625 8
CTS

RTS
D
U631D 15 9
TRNRDY RI
TP634
(1/12-C6) 8 9 14
232INTL RCVRDY
TP636
16 FG
SYNC/BRK
R1032 18
TRNEMP
10K VCC

20 26
(7/12-D1) 7.3728MHz CLOCK VCC
GND
21 4
(1/12-D6) RST RST GND

GND

(7/12-C1) 232CLK

C
IA[2..0]

U619
ID0 11 10 IA0
IO0 A0
ID1 12 9 IA1
IO1 A1
ID2 13 8 IA2
IO2 A2
ID3 15 7 A3
IO3 A3
ID4 16 6 A4
IO4 A4
ID5 17 5 A5
IO5 A5
ID6 18 4 A6
IO6 A6
ID7 19 3 A7
IO7 A7
26 25 A8
A13 A8
20 24 A9
(10/12-C6) EEPROML CE A9

(10/12-C6) EEPOEL
22
OE A10
21 A10 B
(10/12-C6) 27 23 A11
EEPWEL WE A11
1 2 A12
A14 A12

GND

A[31..2]
(11/12-F2) A[31..2]

VCC

C603 C602 C739 C614 C636 C620


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND
A

6-8
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (6/12)

VCC

R986 R985 R984 R983 R982 R981 R980 R979


(6/12-B1) IVCC D602
F
ID[7..0] CN604
(5/12-F5)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)(12/12-D2) ID[7..0]
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K L613 1
/STB
U622 U623 R1031
ID0 10 7 12 9 R1030 4.7K L621 2
Q0 D0 Q8 D8 DATA0
330 R1029
ID1 11 6 13 8 R1028 4.7K L620 3
Q1 D1 Q7 D7 DATA1
330 R1027
ID2 13 5 14 7 R1026 4.7K L619 4
Q2 D2 Q6 D6 DATA2
330 R1025
ID3 14 4 15 6 R1024 4.7K L618 5
Q3 D3 Q5 D5 DATA3
330 R1023
ID4 19 31 16 5 R1022 4.7K L617 6
Q4 D4 Q4 D4 DATA4
330 R1021
ID5 20 30 17 4 R1020 4.7K L616 7
Q5 D5 Q3 D3 DATA5
330 R1019
ID6 21 29 18 3 R1018 4.7K L615 8
Q6 D6 Q2 D2 DATA6
330 R1017
ID7 22 28 19 2 R1016 4.7K L614 9
Q7 D7 Q1 D1 DATA7
330
15 3 R978 1 11 L612 10
Q8 D8 VCC OC CLK /ACK
10K
(6/12-B1) IVCC

2
9 25 GND C729 C728 C727 C726 C725 C724 C723 C722 L611 11
(10/12-C2) CFFL FF RS D601 BUSY

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF

330PF
R976 18 2 U621A L610 12
(10/12-C2) CRDL RD WR PE
47
24 26 L609 13
(10/12-C2) CEFL EF FL/RT VCC SELECT

(8/12-C5) 23 8 L608 14
CHFL XO/HF XI /AFD
GND

1
GND 15
NC.
R977
(10/12-C2) CWRL
47 FG 16
GND
(10/12-C2) VCC
CRSTL
17
FG
R974 R1041 FG 18
+5V
10K R1015 1K
U621B
1K 19
R1014 GND
4 3
(10/12-B2) CSTBH
100 20
GND
C717
470pF 21
GND
U620C GND R1013 L623 22
GND
3.3K
(10/12-B2) 5 6 23
CACKL GND
24
GND

U620D R1012
1K L624
25

26
GND
D
GND
9 8
(10/12-B2) CBSYH
27
GND
28
GND
U620E R1011 L622 29
GND
3.3K
(10/12-B2) 11 10 30
PE GND
GND
L607 31
/INIT
L606 32
/FAULT
U620F R1010
3.3K 33
GND
13 12
(10/12-B2) SELECT
VCC FG 34
NC.
R1040 35
+5V
R971 3.3K
10K R1009 36
U621D /SELIN
3.3K
(10/12-B2) 8 9 R1008
AFXT
VCC 100
C719

R972
470pF C
10K GND R1007
U621E
3.3K
10 11 R1006
(10/12-B2) INIT
100
C718
0.01u

U601C GND R1005


3.3K
5 6
(10/12-B2) NFAULT
VCC

R975
10K R1039 L629
U621C 1 3 VCC IVCC (6/12-E4)
3.3K
6 5 R1038 (6/12-F4)
(10/12-B2) SELIN
100 C736
C738 0.1uF
470pF
2
GND L630
FG

GND FG B
VCC

C720 C716 C715 C641 C721


0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND

6-9
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (7/12)
VCC

R1037 R1036 R1035 R1034


10K 10K 10K 10K
VCC
ID[7..0] CN601
(5/12-F5) (6/12-F7) (8/12-F8) (9/12-E7) (12/12-D2) ID[7..0]
A11
VCC SCU2L
B1 F
A10 B2 U614
GND IO_RDL
U615 2 18
A1 B1 SCU2L (10/12-C2)
ID7 2 18 GND A9 B3
A1 B1 ID7 IO_WRL
3 17
A2 B2 IO_RDL (5/12-E6)
ID6 3 17 A8 B4
A2 B2 ID6 GND
4 16
A3 B3 IO_WRL (5/12-E6)
ID5 4 16 A7 B5
A3 B3 ID5 DBCLK
5 15
A4 B4
ID4 5 15 A6 B6
A4 B4 ID4 GND
(1/12-C6) 6 14
R793 A5 B5 DBCLK (7/12-B1)
ID3 6 14 A5 B7 GND
A5 B5 ID3 ABORTL ABORTL
220 7 13
R792 (1/12-D8) A6 B6
ID2 7 13 A4 B8 (1/12-D6) IA[2..0]
A6 B6 ID2 RESETL RESETL IA[2..0]
220 8 12
R791 (1/12-C6) A7 B7 RST
ID1 8 12 A3 B9 (12/12-B2)
A7 B7 ID1 DBINTL DBINTL
220 9 11 IA0
R790 (1/12-C6) A8 B8
ID0 9 11 A2 B10
1
A8 B8 ID0 INTL
220
INTL
1
DIR EG
19 E
19 A1 B11
DTRL DIR EG IA0 RST
(1/12-C2)

IA[2..0] C634 C633 C632 C631


(12/12-B2) IA[2..0]
GND
SCU2L (10/12-C2)
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
VCC

GND
10

U605B 33
12 9
PR

D Q 7.3728MHz
R874 C655
11 (5/12-C8)
CLK
33P (9/12-C8)
8 U610
D
CL

Q
GND ID0 8
D0
ID1 7
13

D1
(1/12-D6) RSTL
ID2 5 9
D2 CLK0
Y601
3 1 ID3 4 15 U609
VCC ST OUT D3 G0 VCC
(8/12-D5) ID0 8
D0
5 2 ID4 43 10
ACKTA A OUT2 D4 OUT0 REFL (10/12-E2) ID1 7
D1
6 ID5 42
ACKTB B D5
ID2 5 9
D2 CLK0
(8/12-C5) 7 ID6 41 24
C D6 CLK1
ID3 4 15
D3 G0 VCC
8 ID7 40 19
VCC D7 G1 VCC 33
ID4 43 10
D4 OUT0 ENGCLK
4 18
GND OUT1 OSINTL R878 (9/12-C8)
ID5 42 C661
(1/12-C6) D5
32
RD
ID6 41
D6 CLK1
24
33P
C
GND 37 27 GND
WR CLK2
ID7 40 19
D7 G1 VCC
IA0 29 25
A0 G2 VCC 33
18
OUT1 232CLK
IA1 30 26
A1 OUT2 EVENTL (1/12-C6) R877 (5/12-C8)
32 C660
RD
33P
37 27
WR CLK2
31 GND
(10/12-C2) PTCL CS
IA0 29 25
A0 G2 VCC
(5/12-E6) R876
IA1 30 26
IO_RDL A1 OUT2 DBCLK
33 (7/12-E1)
IO_WRL
(5/12-E6) 31
(10/12-C2) RSVCS2L CS

33
CENCK (10/12-E6)
R638

VCC
4

U605A
2 5
PR

D Q
C654 C676 C670 C659 C675 C644
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 3
CLK
6
CL

Q
A
GND
1

GND

6-10
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (8/12)

VCC

10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

R1071

R1070

R1069

R1068

R1067

R1066

R1065

R1064
ID[7..0]
(5/12-F5)
ID[7..0]

ID0 31
U634
PA0
43

42
TP643

TP654
PDAT0

PDAT1
R1063

R1062
100
PKEY0

PKEY1
1

2
CN602
PKEY0 F
(6/12-F7) D0 PA1 PKEY1
TP642 100
(7/12-F7) ID1 30 41 PDAT2 R1061 PKEY2 3
D1 PA2 PKEY2
(9/12-E7) TP653 100
(12/12-D2) ID2 29 40 PDAT3 R1060 PKEY3 4
D2 PA3 PKEY3
TP641 100
ID3 28 39 PDAT4 R1059 PKEY4 5
D3 PA4 PKEY4
TP652 VCC 100
ID4 27 38 PDAT5 R1058 PKEY5 6
D4 PA5 PKEY5
TP640 100
ID5 26 D5 PA6 37 PDAT6 R1057 PLED0 (8/12-D5) BUZZER 7 BUZZER
TP651 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 100
ID6 25 36 PDAT7 R1056 PLED1 8
D6 PA7 RSV1

R1079

R1078

R1077

R1076

R1075

R1074

R1073

R1072
100
ID7 24 R1055 PLED2 9
D7 VSS
TP647 100
14 PLED0 R1054 PLED3 10
IA[2..0] PB0 PLED0
(12/12-B2) TP658 100
IA[2..0]
15 PLED1 R1053 PLED4 11
PB1 PLED1
TP646 100
IA0 5 16 PLED2 R1052 PLED5 12
A0 PB2 PLED2
TP657 (8/12-D5) 100
PLED[9..8]
IA1 4 18 PLED3 R1051 PLED6 13
A1 PB3 PLED3
TP645 100
19 PLED4 R1050 PLED7 14
PB4 PLED4
TP656 100
44 20 PLED5 VCC R934 PLED8 15
(5/12-E6) IO_RDL RD PB5 PLED5
TP644 100
(5/12-E6) 35 21 PLED6 R933 PLED9 16
IO_WRL WR PB6 PLED6
TP655 100
2 22 PLED7 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 17
(10/12-C2) PIAL CS PB7 PLED7

R1085

R1084

R1083

R965

R1082

R1081

R1080

R968
18
PLED8
TP650
(1/12-D6) RST
32
RESET PC0

PC1
10

11
TP661

TP649
PKEY0

PKEY1 C769C768C767C766C765C764C763C762C761C760C759C758C757C756C695C694
82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p
19

20
PLED9

RSV2
E
12 PKEY2 21
PC2 RSV3
TP632
13 GND 22
PC3 VSS
TP660
VCC 9 PKEY3 23
PC4 PDAT0
TP648 R1049 PDAT0
23 8 PKEY4 100 24
VDD PC5 PDAT1
TP659 R1048 PDAT1
7 PKEY5 100 25
PC6 PDAT2
TP633 R1047 PDAT2
3 6 100 26
GND PC7 PDAT3
R1046 PDAT3
VCC VCC 100 27
VSS
GND VCC U601B LED602 R602 R1045 PDAT4
3 4 100 28
PDAT4
10K 10K 10K 10K R1044 PDAT5
10K 10K 330 100 29
PDAT5

R922

R923

R924

R925
U601A LED601 VCC R1043 PDAT6
R601

R808

R809
1 2 100 30
PDAT6
R1042 PDAT7
U629 330 10K 10K 100 31
PDAT7
43 (8/12-D4) (8/12-E5) R929
PA0 LCDE PLED[9..8] (8/12-D6) LCDE

R927

R926
100 32
220 VSS
ID0 31 42 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D6) R930
D0 PA1 VEE VEE
R807 100 33
220 LCDE
ID1 30 41 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D6) R931
D1 PA2 RS RS
R806 100 34
220 VEE
ID2 29 40 (8/12-D4) (8/12-D6) R932
D2 PA3 R/W R/W
R805 100 35
220 PLED8 RS
ID3 28 39 (1/12-D8) R928
D3 PA4 CPURSTL
R804 1K 36
220 PLED9 VSS
ID4 27 38
D4 PA5
R803 37
220 R/W

D
ID5 26 D5 PA6 37
R802 38
220 PG VSS
ID6 25 36 U630B U631B U631C
D6 PA7 (8/12-C4)
R801 3 4 (1/12-E8) 4 3 6 5 39
220 SOFTSW CPURSTL
ID7 24
D7
R800 330 74LS14 VCC (8/12-C4) 40
PVCC PVCC
14
PB0

R967
4.7K
TP630
15
PB1

R795
VCC
TP631 C689C693C692C691C690C748C749C750C751C752C753C754C755
IA0 5 16 U630C
A0 PB2 1000p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p 82p
GND 4.7K
IA1 4 18 5 6
A1 PB3 BUZZER (8/12-F1)

R940
19 GND
PB4 ATP0 (10/12-B2)
44 20
RD PB5 ATP1 (10/12-B2)
35 21 10K 10K
WR PB6 ACKTA (7/12-D8)
VCC

1
R796

R797
2 22
(10/12-C2) RSVCS1L CS PB7 ACKTB (7/12-C8)

1
C

C
10K 10K
DA603A DA603B DA603C DA603D DA607A DA607B DA607C DA607D DA611A DA611B DA611C DA611D DA614A

R798

R799
32 10
RESET PC0
VCC GND
11

6
PC1
4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K 4.7K
12 GND
PC2
R785

R784

R1086

R1087

R786

R787

R788

R789

C630C629C628C627C626C625C624C623 13 VCC
PC3
DSW601
47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P VCC 9 1 12
PC4 L604
(8/12-D2) PVCC
23 8 2 11
VDD PC5 BLM21B03PT
GND 7 3 10 C617
PC6 0.1uF
3
GND PC7
6 4

5
9

8
(8/12-D2) PG
L603

BLM21B03PT C

3
GND
6 7 GND

2
DA605A DA605B DA605C DA605D DA609A DA609B DA609C DA609D DA613A DA613B DA613C DA613D DA614B
CTSL (9/12-E1)

C
GND
CHFL (6/12-E7)

5
GND
VCC

1
C

C
VCC DA612A DA612B DA612C DA612D DA608A DA608B DA608C DA608D DA604A DA604B DA604C DA604D DA601A DA601B DA601C DA601D

6
C735 C714 C733 C734
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND

3
DA615A DA615B DA615C DA615D DA610A DA610B DA610C DA610D DA606A DA606B DA606C DA606D DA602A DA602B DA602C DA602D B

C
1

4
GND

U601D

9 8

U630D
8
3

U601E 9
DA614C
11 10
4

U630E
10
11

U601F

13 12 U630F
12
13

GND

6-11
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (9/12)
PIX[7..0] XPIX[7..0]
(10/12-F2) PIX[7..0]
U625
PIX0 2 18 XPIX0 R991
A1 Y1
22 VCC VCC
PIX1 3 17 XPIX1 R992 CN607

PIX2 4
A2

A3
Y2

Y3
16 XPIX2 R993
22 A1
VENB PIXRDY
B1 R794
4.7K
JP603
RSINT
(10/12-B3)
330 R811
2
L605
CB B
1 2
CN603
2
F
22 47P C698 A2
PIXCLK VCC
B2
PIX3 5 15 XPIX3 R994 4 3 1
A4 Y4 CG PSG 1
22 47P C699 A3 B3 LED605
R995 VCC VCC
PIX4 6 14 XPIX4
A5 Y5
22 XPIX0 A4 B4 XPIX1
R996 PIX0 PIX1
PIX5 7 13 XPIX5 GND
A6 Y6
22 XPIX2 47P C700 A5 B5 XPIX3 47P C701
PIX2 PIX3 TP662
PIX6 8 12 XPIX6 R997
A7 Y7
22 XPIX4 47P C702 A6 B6 XPIX5 47P C703
R998 PIX4 PIX5 TP635
PIX7 9 11 XPIX7
A8 Y8
22 47P C704 A7
GND GND
B7 47P C705 VCC
TP601
1 VCC
G1
XPIX6 A8 B8 XPIX7
PIX6 PIX7
19
G2
47P C706 A9
RXD TXD
B9 47P C707 R1002
10K
R987 R989 R999 R1004 47P C708 A10 B10 47P C709
GND GND
GND 10K 10K 10K 10K
A11 B11
RTS CTS CTSL (8/12-C5)
R988 47P C710 A12 B12 47P C711
(10/12-F2) VENB CPRDY PPRDY
220
4 3 2 1 R990 A13 B13
(10/12-F6) PIXCLK DTR DSR
0
U624B U624A 47P C712 A14

A15
EXT0 EXT1
B14

B15
47P C713
VCC E
EXT2 EXT3
A16 B16
(5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(12/12-D2) ID[7..0] EXT4 EXT5
U633 C639 C635 C604 C601
ID7 8 19 100uF 100uF 100uF 100uF
DB7 TRNDT
ID6 7 3
DB6 RCVDT
(12/12-B2) IA[2..0]
ID5 6 23
DB5 RTS
GND
ID4 5 24 GND GND
DB4 DTR
VCC
ID3 2 17
DB3 CTS
ID2 1 22
DB2 DSR C737 C640 C643 C770
ID1 28 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF
DB1
GND
ID0 27 9
DB0 TRNCLK
GND
25
RCVCLK
11
(10/12-C2) SCU1L CS

(5/12-E6) IO_RDL
IO_WRL
13
RD
VCC
D
(5/12-E6)
VCC 10
WR
VCC CN606
IA0 12 EXT0 1
CMDT
R966
R973 10K EXT1 2
10K U630A
TP638
2 1 15 EXT2 3
(1/12-C6) TXINT TRNRDY
U621F

13
TP639
12 13 14 EXT3 4
(1/12-C6) RXINT RCVRDY
TP637
16 EXT4 5
SYNC/BRK
R1033 18 VCC EXT5 6
TRNEMP
10K

12 U631F
7

(7/12-D1) 20 26 8
7.3728MHz CLOCK VCC
GND U624C C741 C742 C743 C745 C746 C747
21 4 11 5 6
(1/12-D6) RST RST GND
47P 47P 47P 47P 47P 47P GND

GND
U631E

U626
2 18 R1000 U624D GND
(7/12-C1) ENGCLK
3
A1 B1
17
22
R1001
9 8
C
10

A2 B2
22
4 16 R1003
A3 B3
22
5 15 U624E
A4 B4 11 10
6 14
A5 B5
7 13
A6 B6
8 12 U624F
A7 B7 13 12
VCC
9 11
A8 B8
VCC
1 19
DIR EG

10K R961

10K R962

10K R963

10K R960

10K R956
10K R959

10K R958

10K R957
SRA[14..0] GND SRD[7..0]
(10/12-F6) SRA[14..0] SRD[7..0] (10/12-F6)
U628
SRA0 10 11 SRD0
A0 I/O0
SRA1 9 12 SRD1

SRA2 8
A1

A2
I/O1

I/O2
13 SRD2 B
SRA3 7 15 SRD3
A3 I/O3
SRA4 6 16 SRD4
A4 I/O4
SRA5 5 17 SRD5
A5 I/O5
SRA6 4 18 SRD6
A6 I/O6
SRA7 3 19 SRD7
A7 I/O7
SRA8 25
A8
SRA9 24
A9
VCC SRA10 21
A10
SRA11 23
A11
SRA12 2 20
A12 CS
C740 C731 C732 C697 C730
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF SRA13 26 22 GND
A13 OE
SRA14 1 27
A14 WE

GND
A
(10/12-B3) RAMWRL

(10/12-B3) RAMRDL

6-12
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (10/12)

F
PIX[7..0]
(9/12-E8) PIXCLK PIX[7..0] (9/12-F7)
C618

PIX7
PIX6
PIX5
PIX4
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
4700p VENB (9/12-E8)
L602 GND
A[31..2] GMA[10..0]
(11/12-F2) A[31..2] VCC GMA[10..0] (12/12-F7)
D[31..0] GMD[31..0]

125
140
141
154
159
169
183
184
199
213
214
228
229
243
258
259
273
287
288
110
NFM61R00T101

111
21
36
51
65
66
79
80
95

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
67
(2/12-F8)(5/12-F8)(11/12-F2) D[31..0] GMD[31..0] (12/12-F7)

4
GND
SRA[14..0]
(9/12-B7) SRA[14..0]

VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC

PIX7
PIX6
PIX5
PIX4
PIX3
PIX2
PIX1
PIX0
PIXCLK

VENB
SRD[7..0]
(9/12-B3) SRD[7..0]
150
(1/12-D2) PCLK1 PCLK
153 53
CCLK SKY_SELL VCC
(7/12-B4) 8 147 (7/12-D4)
CENCK RSTL REFL REFL
A31 10 160 GMA10
(1/12-D6) RSTL A31 MA10
A30 11 162 GMA9
A30 MA9
A29 12 163 GMA8
A29 MA8
A28 13 164 GMA7
A28 MA7
A27 14 165 GMA6
A27 MA6
A26 15 167 GMA5
A26 MA5
A25 16 168 GMA4
A25 MA4
A24 17 170 GMA3
A24 MA3
A23 18 171 GMA2
A23 MA2
A22 19 173 GMA1
A21 20 A22 MA1 174 GMA0
A21 MA0
A20 22
A20
A19 23 76 GMD31
A19 MD31
A18 25 77 GMD30
A17
A16
A15
A14
26
27
28
29
A18
A17
A16
A15
MD30
MD29
MD28
MD27
78
81
84
85
GMD29
GMD28
GMD27
GMD26
E
A14 MD26
A13 30 86 GMD25
A13 MD25
A12 31 87 GMD24
A12 MD24
A11 32 88 GMD23
A11 MD23
A10 33 89 GMD22
A10 MD22
A9 34 91 GMD21
A9 MD21
A8 35 92 GMD20
A8 MD20
A7 37 93 GMD19
A7 MD19
A6 38 94 GMD18
A6 MD18
A5 40 96 GMD17
A5 MD17
A4 41 97 GMD16
A4 MD16
A3 42 99 GMD15
A3 MD15
A2 43 100 GMD14
A2 MD14
MD13 101 GMD13 RAS5L (4/12-B8)
(11/12-A5) 47 102 GMD12
BE3L BE3L MD12
46 103 GMD11 (4/12-C8)
BE2L MD11 RAS4L
(11/12-A5) 45 104 GMD10
BE2L BE1L MD10
44 105 GMD9
BE0L MD9 RAS3L (4/12-C8)
(11/12-A5) 106 GMD8
BE1L MD8
D31 235 108 GMD7
D31 MD7 RAS2L (4/12-C8)
(11/12-A5) D30 236 109 GMD6
BE0L D30 MD6
D29 237 112 GMD5
D29 MD5 RAS1L (3/12-B8)
D28 238 114 GMD4
D28 MD4
D27 239 115 GMD3
D27 MD3 RAS0L (3/12-B8)
D26 240 116 GMD2
D26 MD2
D25 242 117 GMD1
D25 MD1 CAS3AL (3/12-B8)
D24 244 118 GMD0
D24 MD0
D23 245 (3/12-B8)
D23 CAS2AL
D22 247 137
D22 RAS5L
D21 248 136 (3/12-B8)
D21 RAS4L CAS1AL
D20 249 135
D20 RAS3L
D19 250 134 (3/12-B8)
D19 RAS2L CAS0AL
D18 251 133
D18 RAS1L
D17 252 132 (4/12-B8)

D
D17 RAS0L CAS3BL
D16 253
D16
D15 254 124 (4/12-B8)
D15 CAS3AL CAS2BL
D14 256 123
D14 CAS2AL
D13 257 121
D13 CAS1AL CAS1BL (4/12-B8)
D12 260 120
D12 CAS0AL
D11 262
D10 263
D11
D10
U617 CAS3BL
130
CAS0BL (4/12-B8)
D9 264 129
D9 CAS2BL DWEL (3/12-B8)
D8 265 127
D8 CAS1BL
D7 266 126 (4/12-C2)
D7 CAS0BL SM2T1
D6 268 (4/12-C2)
D6 SM2T0
D5 269 55 (4/12-C5)
D5 DWEL SM1T1
D4 270 (4/12-C5)
D4 SM1T0
R917 D3 271 152 (4/12-B2) (5/12-F8)
(1/12-D2) ADSL D3 CLL CLL IOSELL
100 D2 272 146
D2 N620L GND R919
(1/12-D2) R717 D1 274 145
RDL D1 SM2T1 IORDL (5/12-E8)
100 D0 275 144 100
D0 SM2T0 R918
(1/12-C2) R699 142
WAITL SM1T1 IOWRL (5/12-E8)
100 48 139 100
R698 ADSL SM1T0
49 TP629 SCU01L
(1/12-C2) DENL 100 7 RDL 182
WAITL IOSELL
R716 5 186 (5/12-D8)
(1/12-C2) BLASTL DENL IORDL SCU0L
100 50 185
BLASTL IOWRL
75
(1/12-D6) READYL READYL SCU1L (9/12-D8)
197
SCU01L
176 194
(2/12-C8) FROML FROML SCU0L SCU2L (7/12-E5)(7/12-F1)
177 195
FOEL SCU1L
181 196 (7/12-B5)
(2/12-C8) FOEL FWE3L SCU2L PTCL
180
FWE2L
179 198 PIAL (8/12-E8)
(2/12-B8) FWE3L FWE1L PTCL
178 295
TP628 FWE0L PIAL TP611
294 DIPRDL
FWE2L DIPRDL
189
TP627 BFROML R920 100
190 278 RSVCS1L (8/12-C8)
FWE1L BFOEL RSVCS1L
279
RSVCS2L
(2/12-C8) 191 277 RSVCS2L (7/12-B3)
FWE0L EEPROML RSVCS3L
192
EEPOEL

C
193 200 TP614
(2/12-B8) BFROML EEPWEL RSVCSL RSVCS3L
201
RSVOEL
SRA14 204 203 BOOTCSL (2/12-B8)
(2/12-B8) BFOEL SRA14 RSVWRL
SRA13 205 SRA13
(5/12-B8) SRA12 206 156 BOOTOEL (2/12-B8)
EEPROML SRA12 CEFL
SRA11 207 158
SRA11 CFFL
SRA10 208 293 (2/12-B8)
(5/12-B8) EEPOEL SRA10 CRSTL BOOTWRL
SRA9 209 285
SRA9 CRDL
SRA8 210 286
(5/12-B8) EEPWEL SRA8 CWRL CEFL (6/12-E7)
SRA7 211 289
SRA7 CDWRL
SRA6 212 292
SRA6 COEL CFFL (6/12-E7)
SRA5 215 148
SRA5 CSTBH
SRA4 216 280 (6/12-E7)
SRA4 CBSYH CRSTL
SRA3 219 281
SRA3 CACKL
SRA2 220 149
SRA2 AFXT CRDL (6/12-E7)
SRA1 221 151
SRA1 INIT
SRA0 222 155
SRA0 SELIN CWRL (6/12-E7)
282
PE
SRD7 223 283 TP613 CDWRL
SRD7 SELECT
SRD6 224 284
SRD6 NFAULT
SRD5 225 2 TP612 COEL
SRD5 ATP1
SRD4 226 1
SRD4 ATP0
SRD3 227 (6/12-D7)
SRD3 CSTBH
SRD2 230 57 (9/12-A7)
SRD1 233 SRD2 RAMRDL 56 RAMRDL
SRD1 RAMWRL CBSYH (6/12-D7)
SRD0 234
SRD0 RAMWRL (9/12-A7)
CACKL (6/12-D7)

AFXT (6/12-C7)

RSINT
RXINT
TXINT
SCLK
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND

RXD
TXD
VCC
INIT (6/12-C7)

SELIN (6/12-C7)
24
39
54
68
69
82
83
90
98

73
74
52
70
72
71
107

122
128
131
138
143
157
161
166
172
175
187
188
202
217
218
231
232
241
246
255
261
267
276
290
291
296
9

113
119

PE (6/12-D7)
C619 C681 C678 C679 C680 C696
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF TP606
TXINT SELECT (6/12-C7)

GND
GND TP608
RXINT

RSINT
NFAULT

ATP1
(6/12-C7)

(8/12-D5)
B
TP607 (1/12-C6)(9/12-F2)
RXD ATP0 (8/12-D5)
VCC
TP610
TXD
TP609
SCLK
C686 C687 C685 C684 C683 C682
0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF 0.1uF

GND

6-13
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
A[31..2]

(1/12-F1) CD[31..0]
CD[31..0] (2/12-F8) Image controller (11/12)
VCC VCC (5/12-B8)
(10/12-F6)

CA[31..2] R916 R915 R914 R913 R912 R911 R910 R909 R637 R636 R635 R634 R633 R632 R631 R630
(1/12-F1) CA[31..2] D[31..0]
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K
(2/12-F8)

CA31 R751
33
A31 CD31 R873
33
D31
(5/12-F8)
(10/12-F6) F
CA30 R750 A30 CD30 R872 D30
33 33

CA29 R749 A29 CD29 R871 D29


33 33

CA28 R748 A28 CD28 R870 D28


33 33

CA27 R747 A27 CD27 R869 D27


33 33

CA26 R746 A26 CD26 R868 D26


33 33

CA25 R745 A25 CD25 R867 D25


33 33

CA24 R744 A24 CD24 R866 D24


33 33
VCC VCC

E
R908 R907 R906 R905 R904 R903 R902 R901 R629 R628 R627 R626 R625 R624 R623 R622
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

CA23 R743 A23 CD23 R865 D23


33 33

CA22 R742 A22 CD22 R864 D22


33 33

CA21 R741 A21 CD21 R863 D21


33 33

CA20 R740 A20 CD20 R862 D20


33 33

CA19 R739 A19 CD19 R861 D19


33 33

CA18 R738 A18 CD18 R860 D18


33 33

CA17 R737 A17 CD17 R859 D17


33 33

CA16 R736
33
A16 CD16 R858
33
D16 D
VCC VCC

R900 R899 R898 R897 R896 R895 R894 R893 R621 R620 R619 R618 R617 R616 R615 R614
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

CA15 R735 A15 CD15 R857 D15


33 33

CA14 R734 A14 CD14 R856 D14


33 33

CA13 R733 A13 CD13 R855 D13


33 33

CA12 R732 A12 CD12 R854 D12


33 33

CA11 R731 A11 CD11 R853 D11


33 33

CA10 R730
33
A10 CD10 R852
33
D10 C
CA9 R729 A9 CD9 R851 D9
33 33

CA8 R728 A8 CD8 R850 D8


33 33
VCC VCC

R892 R891 R890 R889 R888 R887 R613 R612 R611 R610 R609 R608 R607 R606
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

CA7 R727 A7 CD7 R849 D7


33 33

CA6 R726 A6 CD6 R848 D6


33 33

CA5 R725 A5 CD5 R847 D5


33 33

CA4 R724
33
A4 CD4 R846
33
D4
B
CA3 R723 A3 CD3 R845 D3
33 33

CA2 R722 A2 CD2 R844 D2


33 33
VCC
CD1 R843 D1
33

CD0 R842 D0
R883 R884 R885 R886 33
10K 10K 10K 10K

(1/12-D2) R718
CBE3L BE3L (10/12-E6)
33

R719
(1/12-D2) CBE2L BE2L (10/12-D6)
33

(1/12-D2) R720
CBE1L BE1L (2/12-F3)(5/12-E8)(10/12-D6)
33

(1/12-D2) CBE0L
R721
33
BE0L (5/12-E8)(10/12-D6) A

6-14
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Image controller (12/12)
MD[31..0]
MD[31..0] (3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)

GMA[10..0] MA[10..0]
(10/12-F2) GMA[10..0] MA[10..0] (3/12-F8)(4/12-F8)
GMD[31..0]
(10/12-F2) GMD[31..0]
VCC VCC

F
R666 R667 R668 R669 R670 R671 R672 R673 R773 R774 R775 R776 R777 R778 R779 R780
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

GMD31 R639 MD31 GMA10 R757 MA10


22 22

GMD30 R640 MD30 GMA9 R758 MA9


22 22

GMD29 R641 MD29 GMA8 R759 MA8


22 22

GMD28 R642 MD28 GMA7 R760 MA7


22 22

GMD27 R643 MD27 GMA6 R761 MA6


22 22

GMD26 R644 MD26 GMA5 R762 MA5


22 22

GMD25 R645 MD25 GMA4 R763 MA4

GMD24 R646
22

MD24 GMA3 R764


22

MA3
E
VCC 22 VCC 22

R674 R675 R676 R677 R678 R679 R680 R681 R781 R782 R783
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

GMD23 R647 MD23 GMA2 R765 MA2


22 22

GMD22 R648 MD22 GMA1 R766 MA1


22 22

GMD21 R649 MD21 GMA0 R767 MA0


22 22

GMD20 R650 MD20


22

GMD19 R651 MD19


22

GMD18 R652
22
MD18 D
GMD17 R653 MD17
22

GMD16 R654 MD16


VCC 22 VCC

ID[7..0]
ID[7..0] (5/12-F5)(6/12-F7)(7/12-F7)(8/12-F8)(9/12-E7)

R682 R683 R684 R685 R686 R687 R688 R689 R841 R840 R839 R838 R837 R836 R835 R834
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

GMD15 R655 MD15 645ID7 R833 ID7


22 33

GMD14 R656 MD14 645ID6 R832 ID6


22 33

GMD13 R657 MD13 645ID5 R831 ID5


22 33

GMD12 R658 MD12 645ID4 R830 ID4


22 33 C
GMD11 R659 MD11 645ID3 R829 ID3
22 33

GMD10 R660 MD10 645ID2 R828 ID2


22 33

GMD9 R661 MD9 645ID1 R827 ID1


22 33

GMD8 R662 MD8 645ID0 R826 ID0


VCC 22 VCC 33

R690 R691 R692 R768 R769 R770 R771 R772 R825 R824 R823 IA[2..0]
IA[2..0] (5/12-E4)(7/12-E1)(7/12-E7)(8/12-E8)(9/12-E8)
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

GMD7 R663 MD7 541IA2 R822 IA2


22 33

GMD6 R664 MD6 541IA1 R821 IA1


22 33

GMD5 R665
22
MD5 541IA0 R820
33
IA0 B
GMD4 R752 MD4
22

GMD3 R753 MD3


22

GMD2 R754 MD2


22

GMD1 R755 MD1


22

GMD0 R756 MD0


22
645ID[7..0]
(5/12-F5) 645ID[7..0]
541IA[2..0]
(5/12-E4) 541IA[2..0]

6-15
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

C. ENGIN CONTROLLER
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (1/17)

(4/17-C7) CTS0_MC
VCC
(4/17-C7) RTS0_MC F
PPCLK (3/17-D7) R405
(10/17-D7) DTR1_IC DMA_CONTN (17/17-E7) 10k
(10/17-C5) DSR1_IC
RBN (5/17-F3)
(10/17-C5) RXD1_IC FAN_CONT (12/17-C8)
DOOR_VAL (12/17-E6)
VCC
(10/17-E7) TXD1_IC FANSTS (12/17-D4)
DIPMD1 (4/17-B6)(10/17-F1) NF218
(4/17-D7) RXD0_MC HABA_VAL (11/17-F5)
RANK (11/17-C5)
(4/17-D7) TXD0_MC THERM (11/17-B5) C378
REGI (11/17-A5) 0.1uF
VCC
(2/17-D8) DOT_INTN DI (11/17-C5)
Y203
(2/17-F8) MCNT_INTN
1 8
x1 oe
VCC

N
NF207
F
2
x2 gnd
7 E
3 6
C331 C332 fs3 vcc
C306 GND
0.1uF 10uF/50V A5V AGND VCC C329 R463 4 5
0 fs4 clkout
0.1uF

109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
112

110
0.1uF

111

99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85

5
U228 GND
GND TC7S08FU
1 GND GND

PB3/TP3/TIOCB3

PB1/TP1/TIOCB2
PB2/TP2/TIOCA3

PB0/TP0/TIOCA2

PC7
PC6
PC5/AN5
PC4/AN4
VSS

VSS
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4
IRQ5N
IRQ4N

AVSS
RXD1

RXD0

VCC

AVREF
B

V
TXD1

TXD0

AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0

AVCC
4
Y KILLERN (2/17-F2)
1 84 2
(4/17-C7) Y_INT IRQ6N VCC A

G
2 83 C330 (3/17-F7)
DB[15..0] (4/17-C7) Y_ENB IRQ7N VCC 0.1uF (4/17-D2)
3 82 VCC
(2/17-C1) VSS MD2 (17/17-E2)
DB0 R342 47 4 81

3
(3/17-E7) AD0 MD1
DB1 R349 47 5 80
(5/17-C2) AD1 MD0 R236
DB2 R341 47 6 79
AD2 RESN
DB3 R348 47 7 78 GND 47k 47 R464
AD3 WDTOVFN
DB4 R340 47 8 77
AD4 VCC
DB5
DB6
R347
R339
47
47
9
10
AD5 NMI
76
75
Y202
(16MHz)
D
R346 AD6 VCC CPURSTN (13/17-D6)
DB7 47 11 74
AD7 XTAL
12 73
VSS EXTAL
DB8 R338 47 13 72
AD8 VSS R350 C327 C328
DB9 R345 47 14 71
AD9 CK 15pF 15pF
15 70 47
VCC U221 VCC
DB10 R337 47 16 69 (17/17-F5)
AD10 DREQ1N REDREQ1N
DB11 R344 47 17 68 (2/17-F2) GND GND
AD11 DACK1N DACK1N
DB12 R336 47 18 67
AD12 DREQ0N REDREQ0N (17/17-F5)
DB13 R343 47 19 66
AD13 DACK0N DACK0N (2/17-F2)
DB14 R335 47 20 65 SYSTEM_CLK (2/17-F2)
AD14 PA11 EC_INTREQ0 (4/17-F7)
DB15 R334 47 21 64 (3/17-F7)
AD15 TIOCA1 PM_CLK (2/17-A8)
22 63
VSS PA9 HLDT (6/17-B8)(17/17-F5) (4/17-D2)
ADR0 23 62
A0(HBSN) BREQN BREQN (2/17-F8) (17/17-E3)

PA2/CS6N/TIOCB0
ADR1 24 61

PA3/CS7N/WAITN
A1 VSS
ADR2 25 60 (2/17-F2)
A2 BACKN BACKN
ADR3 26 59 R399 33
A3 RDN RDN (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7)
ADR4 27 58 R401 33
A4 WRHN WRHN
ADR5 28 57 R400 33 (2/17-F2)
C

CASHN

CASLN
A5 WRLN WRLN (2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)

RASN
CS0N

CS2N

CS4N
VCC
VSS

VSS

VSS
A10

A12
A13
A14
A15

A16
A17

A18
A19
A20
A21
A11
A6
A7

A8
A9
GND
VCC VCC VCC VCC C305
C307 15PF
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
R398 R330 R403 R396
47k 47k 47k 47k GND
0.1uF
C304
GND 0.1uF
R397 33
TOTORO_CSN (3/17-F7)
R329 33
EEPCSN (5/17-D2)
R333 47
DRAM_RASN (5/17-C8)
R402 33
TETRA_CSN (2/17-F2)
ADR19
ADR10

ADR12
ADR13
ADR14
ADR15

ADR16
ADR17

ADR18
ADR11

R332 47
B
ADR6
ADR7

ADR8
ADR9

DRAM_CASLN (5/17-C8)
R395 33
(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7)(5/17-F7) ADR[19..0] FROM_CSN (5/17-D7)
R306 47
DRAM_CASHN (5/17-C8)

6-16
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(5/17-B8) DRM_RASN PAD4
Engine controller (2/17)
1
(5/17-A8) DRM_CASN
1
PAD3
RD209 10k
(1/17-E8) MCNT_INTN DRM_WEN (5/17-B8)
DACK[1..0]N (1/17-D2)(1/17-C2)
PAD5
(4/17-E7) LPOUT1 BACKN (1/17-C2)
PAD

1
(17/17-E7)(17/17-F3) DREQ[1..0]N KILLERN (1/17-D2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2)
(1/17-C2) BREQN RDN (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-D7) F

DREQ0N

DREQ1N

DACK1N
DACK0N
WRHN (1/17-C2)
(7/17-C8) HD_DT[3..0] TETRA_CSN (1/17-B2)
WRLN (1/17-C2)(3/17-F7)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7)
SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3)
C287
HD_DT3

208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
C273 0.1uF

0.1uF PAD2 PAD1

RESETN
PTRN_OUT

MPU_CSN
DRM_CS3
DRM_CS2
DRM_CS1
DRM_CS0

MPU_RDN
TRST

TCNTSL0
TCNTSL1
TCNTSL2
TCNTSL3
DRM_CASN
DRM_RASN
PTRN_INT

MPU_HWRN
BREQN
DMAREQ0
DMAREQ1
DMAREQ2

MPU_ASN

TESTLDN
LPOUT1
LPOUT2

RAMTEST
TESTUDN

CPU_CLK
HD_DT3

MPU_LWRN

TMS
DRM_WEN
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
GND

GND
Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

TCK
MCNT_INT

DACK1
DACK0

BACKN

CLK
PAD PAD
VCC

GND RD207
10k

1
HD_DT2 1 156
HD_DT2 TDO
HD_DT1 2 155
HD_DT1 TDI
HD_DT0 3 154
HD_DT0 GND
4
5
Vcc
GND
Vcc
MPU_ADR0
153
152 ADR1 E
6 151 ADR2
(11/17-E2) LPB LPB MPU_ADR1
(11/17-D2) 7 150 ADR3
LPA LPA MPU_ADR2
(7/17-C8) 8 149 ADR4
HD_LTCLK HD_LTCLK MPU_ADR3
9 148 ADR5
RS0 MPU_ADR4
10 147 ADR6
RS1 MPU_ADR5
11 146 ADR7
(7/17-B8) HD_CLK HD_CLK MPU_ADR6
12 145
Vcc GND
13 144
GND Vcc
14 143 ADR8
(1/17-E8) DOT_INTN DOT_INTN MPU_ADR7
15 142 ADR9
Vcc MPU_ADR8
16 141 ADR10
GND MPU_ADR9
17 140
(8/17-F8) SUBH[3..0] HDSL2 GND
18 139
HDSL1 Vcc
19 138 DB0
HDSL0 MPU_DB0 ADR[10..1] (1/17-B7)
SUBH2 20 137 DB1
SUBH4 MPU_DB1 (3/17-F7)
SUBH3 21 136 DB2
SUBH3 MPU_DB2 (5/17-F7)
22 135 DB3
SUBH2 MPU_DB3
SUBH1 23
24
SUBH1
Vcc
MPU_DB4
GND
134
133
DB4
D
SUBH0 25 132 DB5
SUBH0 MPU_DB5
26 131
GND Vcc
27 130
28
Vcc U212 GND
129 DB6
(13/17-E8) CLK_DA PORT_A7 MPU_DB6
29 128
GND Vcc
(13/17-E8) 30 127 DB7
LD_DA PORT_A6 MPU_DB7
(13/17-E8) 31 126 DB8
DATA_DA PORT_A5 MPU_DB8
DI_RNKSEL2 32 125 DB9
PORT_A4 MPU_DB9
DI_RNKSEL1 33 124 DB10
PORT_A3 MPU_DB10
DI_RNKSEL0 34 123
PORT_A2 GND
35 122 DB11
(12/17-B8) SOL_CONT PORT_A1 MPU_DB11
36 121 DB12
PORT_A0 MPU_DB12
37 120 DB13
(8/17-C8) DI_RNKSEL[2..0] Vcc MPU_DB13
38 119 DB14
GND MPU_DB14
(4/17-F7) 39 118 DB15
EC_INTREQ1 PORT_B7 MPU_DB15
40 117
Vcc GND
41 116
GND Vcc
(12/17-F6)
(12/17-D6)
MEDIAS_VAL
PURHP_VAL
42
43
PORT_B6
PORT_B5
GND
HSC_TRG0
115
114 R265 33 HSC_TRG0
DB[15..0] (1/17-D8)
(3/17-E7)
C
44 113 R266 33 HSC_TRG1 (5/17-C2)
PORT_B4 HSC_TRG1
(14/17-E8) 45 112 R268 33 HSC_TRG2
PPOW_CONL PORT_B3 HSC_TRG2
(10/17-E1) 46 111 R267 33 HSC_TRG3
XEXT0 PORT_B2 HSC_TRG3
(17/17-D8) 47 110
IPLOTH PORT_B1 PGBN
(4/17-B4) 48 109
XTANK PORT_B0 PGB
49 108
Vcc PGAN
50 107
GND PGA
51 106 VCC
(9/17-E8) CRC_CK PORT_C7 GND NF206
52 105 N F
(9/17-E8) CRC_DATA PORT_C6 Vcc
BUFENBN
PORT_C5
PORT_C4
PORT_C3
PORT_C2
PORT_C1
PORT_C0

C286
HD_SEL1
HD_SEL0

P5SUPN
HRESET
P28SUP

PIXRDY

PPRDY
PIXCLK

PHSEN
0.1uF
PIXDT7
PIXDT6
PIXDT5
PIXDT4
PIXDT3

PIXDT2

PIXDT1

PIXDT0

PGCLK

CRDIR
REGI1
REGI0

VENB
CBSY
CCLK

SBSY
PCLK
SCLK
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
HSC_TRG[3..0] (3/17-C7)
SCK

N.C.
Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc

Vcc
GND
PGXB (14/17-C8)
PGB (14/17-C8)

100
101
102
103
104
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
PGXA (14/17-C8)
C284
PGA
CRDIR
(14/17-D8) B
(3/17-D7)
0.1uF
OSBSY (10/17-E7)
(12/17-E6) CRG_HPVAL OPPRDY (17/17-F5)
(9/17-E8) CRCDET OVENB (17/17-F3)
HD_SEL1
HD_SEL0

(9/17-F8) COMDIR
(9/17-F8) COMLT
(9/17-E5) COMDAT
(9/17-F8) COMCLK
(7/17-B8) HD_SEL[1..0]

(17/17-D8) OPIXCLK
(6/17-D8)(8/17-D8) BUFENBN
IPIXDT7
IPIXDT6
IPIXDT5
IPIXDT4
IPIXDT3

IPIXDT2

IPIXDT1

IPIXDT0

(8/17-C8) P28SUP
(8/17-C8) P5SUPN
(8/17-E8) HRESET
(17/17-D2) IPIXDT[7..0] A
(17/17-F6) IPIXRDY

(10/17-D5) ICBSY

(11/17-D1) REGI0
(1/17-C2) PM_CLK

6-17
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (3/17)
(1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E3) SYSTEM_CLK

(1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(4/17-D2)(17/17-E2) KILLERN

(1/17-B2) TOTORO_CSN

(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-C8)(5/17-F7) WRLN PAD10 F


(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(5/17-D7) RDN

1
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(5/17-F7) ADR[9..0] RD201
PAD9

ADR0
ADR1
ADR2
ADR3
ADR4

ADR5
ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
ADR9
10k
1
PAD8
1

C228
0.1uF

136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120

109
108
107
106
105
104
103
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112

110
GND

111

TESETSEL2
TESTSEL1
TESTSEL0
RESETN
TRST
MCSN

TMS
ADDSEL

CLK32
MASN
MWRN
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
TCK
VCC

VCC
MRDN
MAB0
MAB1
MAB2
MAB3
MAB4

MAB5
MAB6
MAB7
MAB8
MAB9
VCC E
NF202
(1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(5/17-C2) DB[15..0] N F
C256 1 102
0.1uF VCC GND
2 101
GND BLKTYPE
DB0 3 100
MDB0 EDR
DB1 4 99
MDB1 EPRTDIR
DB2 5 98
MDB2 GND
DB3 6 97
MDB3 E0ECLK0
7 96
GND E0ECLK1
8 95
VCC E0ECLK2
DB4 9 94
MDB4 E0ECLK3
DB5 10 93
MDB5 GND
DB6 11 92
MDB6 E1ELD3
DB7 12 91
MDB7 E1ELD2
13 90
VCC E1ELD1 OHTP[3..0] (6/17-F8)
14 89
RD205 TDI E1ELD0
15 88
TDO GND
10k
16
VCC OHTP3
87 OHTP3 D

1
1
17 86 OHTP2
GND OHTP2
18 85
CLK2 U204 GND
19 84
GND VCC
PAD6 PAD7 20 83 OHTP1
RESOUTN OHTP1 EHTP[3..0] (6/17-E8)
21 82 OHTP0
GND OHTP0
22 81
(2/17-B1) CRDIR CRDIRI GND
23 80 EHTP3
(1/17-F3) PPCLK IPPCLK EHTP3
24 79 EHTP2
GND EHTP2
HSC_TRG0 25 78
HSYNCTRG0 GND
HSC_TRG1 26 77 EHTP1
HSYNCTRG1 EHTP1
HSC_TRG2 27 76 EHTP0
HSYNCTRG2 EHTP0 HOLDTRG[3..0] (17/17-D7)
HSC_TRG3 28 75
HSYNCTRG3 GND
29 74 HOLDTRG3
TEST1 HOLDTRG3
30 73 HOLDTRG2
TEST0 HOLDTRG2
31 72 HOLDTRG1
(2/17-B1) HSC_TRG[3..0] VCC HOLDTRG1
32 71 HOLDTRG0
GND HOLDTRG0
33 70
TSTOUT0 GND
34 69
TSTOUT1 VCC
C211
C

BLKNUM00
BLKNUM01
BLKNUM02

BLKNUM03

BLKNUM10

BLKNUM12
BLKNUM13

BLKNUM20
BLKNUM21
BLKNUM22
BLKNUM23

BLKNUM30
BLKNUM31
BLKNUM32
BLKNUM33
BLKNUM11
0.1uF

TSTOUT10
TSTOUT11
TSTOUT2
TSTOUT3

TSTOUT4
TSTOUT5
TSTOUT6
TSTOUT7

TSTOUT8
TSTOUT9
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
VCC
GND
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
BLKNUM30
BLKNUM31
BLKNUM32
BLKNUM10

BLKNUM12

BLKNUM20
BLKNUM21
BLKNUM22
BLKNUM11
C229
0.1uF
BLKNUM00
BLKNUM01
BLKNUM02
GND
BLKNUM3[2..0] (7/17-D8)

BLKNUM2[2..0] (7/17-E8)
B
BLKNUM1[2..0] (6/17-B8)

BLKNUM0[2..0] (6/17-C8)

6-18
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VCC Engine controller (4/17)

47k
R235

(1/17-C2) EC_INTREQ0 D/A1 (16/17-E8) F


R234
(2/17-C7) EC_INTREQ1 D/A0 (15/17-E8)
47
C221
1000pF
INK1 (11/17-D5)
GND
INK0 (11/17-E5)
A5V

(2/17-F8) LPOUT1

(15/17-D8)(15/17-F6) MTP[7..1]

MTP1
MTP2 C224
MTP3 0.1uF AGND
MTP4
MTP5 10uF/50V
VCC E
MTP6 C225
MTP7
D204
(16/17-D8)(16/17-F6) MTP[15..9]

100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
NF203 VCC
N F

P83/IRQ3N
P82/IRQ2N
P81/IRQ1N
P80/IRQ0N
VSS
P84

P75
P74
P73
P72
P71
P70
VREF
TP7
TP6
TP5
TP4
TP3
TP2
TP1
TP0

AVSS
DA1
DA0

AVCC
C250 R264
VCC VCC C206 0.1uF 12k
0.1uF 1
VCC
2 75 VCC
R205 R204 TP8 MD2
MTP9 3 74
47K 47K TP9 MD1
MTP10 4 73
TP10 MD0 R261
MTP11 5 72
TP11 P66 4.7k
MTP12 6 71
TP12 P65
MTP13 7 70
TP13 P64
MTP14
MTP15
8
9
TP14 P63
69
68
D
TP15 VCC
10 67
RES0N XTAL
11 66
VSS EXTAL SYSTEM_CLK (1/17-C1)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E3)
12 65
(1/17-E8) RXD0_MC TXD0(RXD0_MC) VSS
13 64
TXD1 NMI
14 U202 63 (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(17/17-E2)
(1/17-E8) TXD0_MC RXD0(TXD0_MC) RESN KILLERN
15 62
RXD1 STBYN
16 61
P94/SCK0/IRQ4N CK_OUT
17 60
P95/SCK1/IRQ5N P62
18 59
(1/17-F8) CTS0_MC P40 P61
19 58
(1/17-F8) RTS0_MC P41 P60
20 57
(1/17-D6) Y_INT P42 VSS
21 56
(1/17-D6) Y_ENB P43 P53
22 55 GND
VSS P52
23 54
(12/17-E4) INKCONN P44 P51
24 53
HINKCONN P45 P50
25 52
(11/17-C1) HINK P46 P27
51
VCC
P26
C

VCC

VSS
P47
P30
P31
P32
P33
P34
P35
P36
P37

P10

P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17

P20
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
P11
GND
R437
12k
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
VCC VCC C219
0.1uF

GND
(12/17-E4) TANK
(10/17-E1) XEXT0
D209 (10/17-E1) XEXT1
(10/17-E1) XEXT2
(10/17-E1) XEXT3
J217
(10/17-E1) XEXT4
1
1
2
R446
12k
(10/17-E1) XEXT5
XTANK (2/17-C8) B
2 (1/17-E3)(10/17-F1) DIPMD1
SCL (13/17-C1)
3
3 SDA (13/17-C1)
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
C358 C359
1.0uF/50V 0.1uF

GND
GND
GND A

6-19
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (5/17)
(1/17-B7)(2/17-D1)(3/17-F7) ADR[19..0]

ADR10
VCC ADR11
ADR9
ADR8
F
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) WRLN
NF211 VCC VCC NF213
ADR17 N F N F
U219 U218
C303 1 28 C302
(1/17-F3) RBN RBN VCC
ADR16 1 48 ADR12 2 27 0.1uF
A15 A16 A12 WEN
ADR15 2 47 0.1uF ADR7 3 26
A14 BYTEN A7 NC
ADR14 3 46 ADR6 4 25
A13 VSS A6 A8
ADR13 4 45 DB15 ADR5 5 24
A12 D15/A-1 A5 A9
ADR12 5 44 DB7 ADR4 6 23
A11 D7 A4 A11
ADR11 6 43 DB14 ADR3 7 22
A10 D14 A3 RDN
ADR10 7 42 DB6 ADR2 8 21
A9 D6 A2 A10
ADR9 8 41 DB13 ADR1 9 20
A8 D13 A1 CSN
9 40 DB5 ADR0 10 19
NC D5 A0 DQ7
10 39 DB12 DB0 11 18
NC D12 DQ0 DQ6
11 38 DB4 DB1 12 17
WEN D4 DQ1 DQ5
12 37 DB2 13 16
RESETN VCC DQ2 DQ4
13
14
NC D11
36
35
DB11
DB3
14
VSS DQ3
15 E
NC D3
15 34 DB10 GND
RY/BYN D10
ADR19 16 33 DB2
NC D2
ADR18 17 32 DB9 DB3
A17 D9
ADR8 18 31 DB1 DB4
A7 D1
ADR7 19 30 DB8 DB5
A6 D8
ADR6 20 29 DB0 DB6
A5 D0
ADR5 21 28 DB7
A4 OEN
ADR4 22 27
A3 VSS
ADR3 23 26
A2 CEN
ADR2 24 25
A1 A0 (1/17-B2) EEPCSN
GND

ADR1
(1/17-B2) FROM_CSN
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) RDN

DB7
D
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
VCC VCC
VCC NF212 U216
N F
1 50
VCC VSS
2 49 DB15
R331 R307 D0 D15
3 48 DB14
47K 47K D1 D14
4 47 DB13
D2 D13
5 46 DB12
D3 D12
6 45
VCC VSS
7 44 DB11
D4 D11
8
9
D5 D10
43
42
DB10
DB9
C
(1/17-B2) DRAM_CASHN D6 D9
10 41 DB8
D7 D8
C301 11 40
(1/17-B2) DRAM_CASLN 0.1uF NC NC
DB[15..0] (1/17-D8)(2/17-C1)(3/17-E7)
15 36
(1/17-B2) DRAM_RASN NC NC
16 35
NC LCASN
17 34
(1/17-C2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7) WRLN WEN UCASN
18 33
RASN OEN
19 32
(2/17-F2) DRM_WEN NC A9
C280VCC 20 31
NC A8
ADR1 21 30
A0 A7
ADR2 22 29
A1 A6
(2/17-F8) GND 0.1uF U214A ADR3 23 28
DRM_RASN A2 A5
8

ADR4 24 27
A3 A4
1 25 26
1A VCC VSS
V

7
1Y
2
1B
G

GND
R450 ADR5 B
4

VCC 47 ADR6
ADR7
ADR8
GND ADR9
ADR10
R452 5
47k 2A
3
2Y
6
2B R451 47

R453 U214B
(2/17-F8) DRM_CASN
47

6-20
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VCC Engine controller (6/17)

1
VCC
DA208A DA208B DA208C DA208D DA209A DA209B DA209C DA209D
F

C
C212 O_OHTP[3..0] (9/17-D8)
0.1uF
(3/17-D2) OHTP[3..0]
U205 GND

6
OHTP0 2 18 O_OHTP0
A1 B1
3 17
A2 B2
OHTP1 4 16 O_OHTP1
A3 B3
5 15
A4 B4
OHTP2 6 14 O_OHTP2
A5 B5
7 13
A6 B6
OHTP3 8 12 O_OHTP3
A7 B7
9 11
A8 B8
EHTP0 O_EHTP0
19
G
EHTP1 1 O_EHTP1
DIR
EHTP2 O_EHTP2

EHTP3 O_EHTP3 E

3
VCC R246 R245 R244 R243 R242 R241 R221 R218
(3/17-D2) EHTP[3..0] 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K 10K DA211A DA211B DA211C DA211D DA210A DA210B DA210C DA210D

C
O_EHTP[3..0] (9/17-C8)

4
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND
(2/17-A8)(8/17-D8) BUFENBN

BENB0[2..0] (9/17-C8)

(3/17-B2) BLKNUM0[2..0]

BLKNUM00 BENB00

BLKNUM01 BENB01

BLKNUM02 BENB02
C

BLKNUM10 BENB10

BLKNUM11 BENB11

BLKNUM12 BENB12
HLDTRG (9/17-B8)

(3/17-B2) BLKNUM1[2..0]

BENB1[2..0] (9/17-C8)
B
(1/17-C2)(17/17-F5) HLDT

6-21
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (7/17)

BENB2[2..0] (9/17-C8)

(3/17-B2) BLKNUM2[2..0]

BLKNUM20 BENB20

BLKNUM21 BENB21

BLKNUM22 BENB22

BLKNUM30 BENB30
E
BLKNUM31 BENB31

BLKNUM32 BENB32

(3/17-B2) BLKNUM3[2..0]

BENB3[2..0] (9/17-C8)

O_HD_DT[3..0] (9/17-C4)

(2/17-F8) HD_DT[3..0]

HD_DT0 O_HD_DT0

HD_DT1 O_HD_DT1

HD_DT2 O_HD_DT2
C
HD_DT3 O_HD_DT3

(2/17-E8) HD_LTCLK O_HD_LTCLK (9/17-C4)


HD_SEL0 O_HD_SEL0

HD_SEL1 O_HD_SEL1

(2/17-E8) HD_CLK O_HD_CLK (9/17-C4)

(2/17-A7) HD_SEL[1..0]

O_HD_SEL[1..0] (9/17-C4)
B

6-22
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (8/17)

VCC

C272 O_SUBH[3..0] (9/17-B4) F


(2/17-D8) SUBH[3..0] 0.1uF

U211 GND
SUBH0 2 18 O_SUBH0
A1 B1
3 17
A2 B2
SUBH1 4 16 O_SUBH1
A3 B3
5 15
A4 B4
SUBH2 6 14 O_SUBH2
A5 B5
7 13
A6 B6
SUBH3 8 12 O_SUBH3
A7 B7
9 11
A8 B8
19
G
1
(2/17-A8) HRESET DIR O_HRESET (9/17-C4)
VCC

VCC
DA214
E
1 3 2

GND

GND
R301 R375 R368 R366 R364
10K 10K 10K 10K 10K

GND GND GND GND GND


(2/17-A8)(6/17-D8) BUFENBN

(17/17-C7)
D
DRSL0
DRSL1
(17/17-C7)

TRI_ENBN (9/17-B8)
C
(2/17-A8) P5SUPN H5VCNTN (9/17-C4)
(2/17-A8) P28SUP P26SUP (9/17-C4)
(2/17-C8) O_DI_RNKSEL2
DI_RNKSEL2
(2/17-C8) O_DI_RNKSEL1
DI_RNKSEL1
(2/17-C8) O_DI_RNKSEL0
DI_RNKSEL0
R281 47
R282 47
R283 47
O_DI_RNKSEL[2..0] (9/17-C4)
1000pF1000pF1000pF GND
C254 C253 C252

6-23
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (9/17)
XCRCDET (17/17-F3)
XCRCDAT (17/17-F3)
XCRCCK (17/17-F3)

(2/17-A7) COMCLK COM_CLK (9/17-B8)


(2/17-B7) COMLT COM_LT (9/17-B8) VCC
(2/17-B7) COMDIR COM_DIR (9/17-B8)
U203
1 8 C226
(2/17-B7) CRCDET 0.1uF
2 7
(2/17-B7) CRC_DATA (2/17-A7) COMDAT
3 6
(2/17-B7) CRC_CK
4 5 GND
R310 47
R309 47 COM_DAT (9/17-B8)
R308 47 OCRCDET (9/17-B7) GND
CRC_DAT (9/17-B7)
E
CRC_CLK (9/17-B7)

R289 R286 R287 R288 C283


47k 47k 47k 47k C281
1000pF 1000pF

GND C282
1000pF

+26V
C239 C241 C236 VCC
GND
33PF 33PF 33PF C243
C240 C242 C244 0.1uF C289
C231 33PF C296 C292 C299 C314 C321 C317 C278 100uF/50V
33PF 33PF
C232
33PF
C233 C235 C234 J208
GND 330PF
330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF AGND
0.1uF D
C238 33PF 10uF/50V 1 C297 C293 C319 C315 C322 C318 C325 J207
33PF 33PF 33PF 1
2 1
2 1
47 R219 3 330PF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 2
(6/17-F2) O_OHTP0 3 C298 C294 C320 C316 2
47 4 C323 C339 3
(6/17-F2) O_OHTP1 4 C295 3
47 R220 5 33PF 4
(6/17-F2) O_OHTP2 5 330PF 330PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 33PF 4
47 R248 6 5
(6/17-F2) O_OHTP3 6 5
R249 7 6
7 R319 6
(6/17-E2) 47 8 100 7
O_EHTP0 R250 8 (8/17-E4) O_HRESET 7
47 9 8
(6/17-E2) O_EHTP1 R251 9 (11/17-D4) LSA 8
47 10 9
(6/17-E2) O_EHTP2 R252 10 (11/17-E4) LSB 9
47 11 10
(6/17-E2) O_EHTP3 11 (11/17-D4) REGISENS 10
R253 12 11
12 11
13 100 R321 12
13 (8/17-C1) H5VCNTN 12
(6/17-C2) 100 14 13
BENB00 14 13
100 R254 15 100 R323 14
(6/17-C2) BENB01 15 (8/17-C1) P26SUP 14
100 R247 16 100 R324 15
(6/17-C2) BENB02 16 (8/17-B5) O_DI_RNKSEL0 15
100 R255 17 100 R325 16
(6/17-B2) BENB10 17 O_DI_RNKSEL1 16
(6/17-B2) BENB11
100
100
R256
R257
18
19
18
(8/17-B5)
(8/17-B5) O_DI_RNKSEL2
100
100
R326
R327
17
18
17 C
(6/17-B2) BENB12 19 (7/17-B2) O_HD_SEL0 18
100 R258 20 100 R356 19
(7/17-F2) BENB20 20 (7/17-B2) O_HD_SEL1 19
100 R259 21 100 R357 20
(7/17-F2) BENB21 21 (7/17-C2) O_HD_DT0 20
100 R260 22 100 R358 21
(7/17-F2) BENB22 22 (7/17-C2) O_HD_DT1 21
100 R272 23 100 R359 22
(7/17-D2) BENB30 23 (7/17-C2) O_HD_DT2 22
100 R273 24 100 R360 23
(7/17-D2) BENB31 R274 24 (7/17-C2) O_HD_DT3 23
100 25 100 R361 24
(7/17-D2) BENB32 25 (7/17-B2) O_HD_CLK 24
R275 26 100 R362 25
26 (7/17-C2) O_HD_LTCLK 25
100 27 100 R363 26
(6/17-B3) HLDTRG 27 (8/17-F1) O_SUBH0 26
R276 28 100 R365 27
28 (8/17-F1) O_SUBH1 27
29 100 R367 28
29 (8/17-F1) O_SUBH2 28
100 30 100 R374 29
(9/17-E5) OCRCDET 30 (8/17-F1) O_SUBH3 29
R277 31 30
100 31 30
32 31
(9/17-E3) COM_DAT 32 (13/17-E2) LED_CONT_R 31
100 R278 33 32
(9/17-F5) COM_CLK 33 (13/17-D2) LED_CONT_L 32
100 R299 34 33
(9/17-F5) COM_LT 34 33
100 R300 35 34
(9/17-F5) COM_DIR 35 (11/17-F8) HABA_IN 34
100 R270 36 35
(9/17-E5)
(9/17-E5)
CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT
100
100
R271
R298
37
38
36
37
(11/17-A8)
(11/17-C8)
REGILOOK
RANK_IN
36
37
35
36 B
(8/17-C1) TRI_ENBN 38 (11/17-B8) THERM_IN 37
R303 39 38
39 (11/17-C8) DI_IN 38
40 39
40 39
40
C246 C261 C265 C341 40
C267 A5V
33PF C264 C277 0.1uF
33PF 33PF 1000pF1000pF 330PF GND
C237 C247 C262 C263 AGND
33PF C376
33PF 33PF 33PF 330pF
C245 C260 C266 C269 C270 C276
C268
330PF 1000pF 330PF
33PF 33PF 33PF
1000pF

GND

6-24
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (10/17)

VCC

F
R280
10K

DIPMD1 (1/17-E3)(4/17-B6)

4
VCC

SW201A
R227 R226 R225 R224 R223
10k 10k 10k 10k 10k R222
10k

1
R351100 GND
(1/17-F8) TXD1_IC TXD (10/17-C3) (10/17-C2)(10/17-C3) EXT[5..0] XEXT[5..0] (2/17-C8)(4/17-B6)

R318100 EXT0 R3041K XEXT0


E
(2/17-B1) OSBSY RTS (10/17-C2)
EXT1 R3051K XEXT1

EXT2 R2011K XEXT2


VCC
VCC C309 EXT3 R2621K XEXT3

R352 EXT4 R2021K XEXT4

5
47K 0.1uF GND
EXT5 R2631K XEXT5
2 4
(1/17-F8) DTR1_IC DTR (10/17-C2)
U217

3
GND
D

R313 VCCC311
(10/17-C3) CTS ICBSY (2/17-A8) 10uF/50V
100
J209 GND
(17/17-F5) VENB A1 B1 PIXRDY (17/17-D8)
(17/17-F5) PIXCLK A2 B2
A3 B3
PIX0 PIX1
A4 B4
PIX2 PIX3
A5 B5
PIX4 PIX5
A6 B6
A7 B7
PIX6 PIX7
A8 B8
(10/17-C2) RXD
R314
RXD1_IC (1/17-F8) (10/17-E5) TXD A9 B9 RXD (10/17-C7) C
100 A10 B10
(10/17-D7) CTS A11 B11 RTS (10/17-E5)
A12 B12
(10/17-C7) DSR A13 B13 DTR (10/17-D5)
(10/17-E4) EXT0 A14 B14 EXT1 (10/17-E4)
(10/17-E4) EXT2 A15 B15 EXT3 (10/17-E4)
R311 (10/17-E4) EXT4 A16 B16 EXT5 (10/17-E4)
(10/17-C3) DSR DSR1_IC (1/17-F8)
100
R315 R317 GND GND
10K
10K PIX[7..0] (17/17-E8)

GND GND

6-25
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (11/17)
A5V

4
C
DA219A

R354 F

2
(9/17-B4) HABA_IN HABA_VAL (1/17-E3)
1K
C310 D206
1000PF
DA220A
5 C 1

A5V

4
C
DA206A
VCC VCC

4
R217
5

(12/17-E3) INK0_IN INK0 (4/17-F3)

C
DA217B R328
2
100
DA207A C209 4.7K
1000PF
R269 E

6
C

(9/17-C4) LSB LPB (2/17-E8)

3
100
DA218B C258
1

1000PF

C
1
A5V GND GND
4

VCC VCC
C

DA206B

4
C
DA217A R302
R216
6

4.7K
(12/17-F3) INK1_IN INK1 (4/17-F3)
3

100 R239

5
DA207B C207
1000PF (9/17-C4) LSA LPA (2/17-E8)

2
100
DA218A C257
C

1000PF D

C
1

VCC VCC

1
1
GND R240 GND

C
DA217C
4.7K
A5V
1

R238

2
(9/17-C4) REGISENS REGI0 (2/17-A8)
C

5
100
DA219C C285
DA218C
1000PF
R355
2

C
(9/17-B4) RANK_IN RANK (1/17-E3)
5

1K
C312 D207
DA220C

4
1000PF GND GND
C
4

C
DI (1/17-E3)
R408 R407 D208
(9/17-B4) DI_IN
3.6kF R406 1K C333
XHINK HINK (4/17-C7)
1.0kF 1000PF
A5V
1
C

DA219D

R376
3

(9/17-B4) THERM_IN THERM (1/17-E3)


6

1K
DA220D C324
1000PF
C

B
4

A5V
4
C

DA219B

R353
6

(9/17-B4) REGILOOK REGI (1/17-E3)


3

1K
DA220B C308 D205
1000PF
C
1

A
AGND

6-26
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (12/17)
VCC
VCC
VCC
NF214

2
DA201 C203 J213
R214
4.7K 11 F
0.1uF
R215 10

3
(12/17-B2) MEDIA_IN MEDIAS_VAL (2/17-C8) 100k
100 9
C222 VCC VCC
R210

1
1000PF
(11/17-D8) INK1_IN 8
VCC

C
VCC GND DA206C R207
4.7K 7
2

1
6
R208 R206 100k 220
DA205

5
2.2k TANK (4/17-B6) 5
DA207C 100
R209 C204 R212 R211
3

2
C 4 VCC
(12/17-D3) DOOR_IN DOOR_VAL (1/17-F3) 1000PF (11/17-E8) INK0_IN 4
100
C205
1000PF 3
GND
VCC GND
2
VCC GND Q204 E
4

220
1

(4/17-C7) INKCONN 1
C

DA204A R213
R232
4.7K
Q203 GND
R233
2

(12/17-C5) CRGHP_IN CRG_HPVAL (2/17-B8)


DA203A 100
5
C
1 C223
1000PF
VCC GND
VCC GND
4
C

DA204B
R230
4.7K VCC
VCC
R231

2
3

(12/17-C5) PURHP_IN PURHP_VAL (2/17-C8)


DA203B 100
6
C
1 C220
1000PF
DA223 R435
4.7k
J211
1
D
1 DOOR_IN (12/17-E8)
R436

3
GND 2
FANSTS (1/17-F3) 2
GND 100
C342
+26V 1000PF
J206 GND J205 J210 +26V
1 GND 1 1
1 NF208 1 1

1
2 N F 2 2 C216
2 2 2 C215 100uF/50V
GND
3 C357 C371 VCC 3 3 0.1uF
3 NF217 3 3
0.1uF 100uF/50V
C227 4 4 A5V VCC
4 4
5
5
VCC J204 0.1uF J212
1 R449 8 6
1 8 6
2
22k
7
C
2 R448 (12/17-E8) CRGHP_IN 7
Q216 6 C214
22k 6 C213 100uF/50V
5 0.1uF
(1/17-F3) FAN_CONT 5
Q213 4
(12/17-D8) PURHP_IN 4
R445 Q215 3
3
4.7K 2 GND
2
VCC VCC
1
1 NF215

GND +26V C201 J214


3
3

(2/17-C7) SOL_CONT NF201


(12/17-F8) MEDIA_IN
0.1uF 2
2 B
Q205 N F 1
1
R237 Q206 C208 C210
0.1uF 100uF/50V
4.7K
GND

6-27
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (13/17)

VCC A5V
F
A5V

C334 C338
0.1uF A5V

4
R409 47
R410 47 U222 0.1uF

C
R411 47 1 14 DA222A
DO VCC
2 13 R415 U223A
(2/17-D8) LD_DA LD VDD
3 12 3
(2/17-D8) CLK_DA CLK A06

5
4 11 1
(2/17-D8) DATA_DA DI A05 LED_CONT_R (9/17-B4)
5 10 1M 2

2
A01 A04
C336 6 9
A02 A03 C313 R416 DA221A
1000pF 7 8 R412
GND VSS 0.1uF 2M

C
C335 2.2K
C337
1000pF 1000pF E

1
GND
GND GND GND AGND

AGND
A5V
VCC

R404 A5V
2.2K

4
C
R372 U223B DA222B
5

6
7 (9/17-B4)
1M 6 LED_CONT_L

3
CPURSTN (1/17-D3) R373
2M R369
DA221B
D

C
VCC 2.2K

1
U227 AGND
1 3
OUT VCC C351
2 4 0.1uF
MAN GND

VCC
VCC VCC

GND
R228 R229
10k 10k C
D201

U201
D203 D202
RP201 8 7
VDD SDA SDA (4/17-B4)
47
C249 C217 4 6
VSS SCL SCL (4/17-B4)
0.22F 0.1uF
2
XIN
3
XOUT
GND

Y201 32.768kHz

C248
B
10pF

GND

6-28
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (14/17)

VCC

Q207
(2/17-C7) PPOW_CONL
+26V E

C365 C366
+26V 0.1uF 100uF/50V
VCC

C326
0.1uF R439
Q214
4.7K
R440
GND U234 Q208
1K 1

1
U220A
Q209 2
IN1
D
OUT1
3
2 3
(2/17-C7) PGA ACOM1
R441 4
OUT2
J202
1K 5 GND 8
U220B IN2 8
4 Q210 6 7
GND 7
6 GND
5 7 6
(2/17-B1) PGXA GND 6
R442
8 5
IN3 5
1K 9 4
U220C OUT3 4
9 Q211 10 3
ACOM2 3
8
(2/17-B1) PGB
10 11
OUT4
2
2 C
R443 12 1
IN4 1
1K
U220D C369 C370
12 Q212 0.1uF 100uF/50V
11
13
(2/17-B1) PGXB

GND

6-29
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (15/17)

VCC
NF210 +26V
N F
C349
0.1uF
C350
10uF/50V C368
F
U233 0.1uF C367 J203
1
Vcc2 100uF/50V 1
A5V C340 GND
2
0.1uF (4/17-E7) 13 2
MTP4 Ain A 3
(4/17-E7) 14 3
MTP5 Bin A* 4
GND (4/17-E7) 15 6
MTP6 A*in B 5
(4/17-E7) 16 7
U231A MTP7 B*in B* 6
3
(4/17-F3) D/A 0 1 R434 3.3k
R444 2
2M 4
PG
9
Vref1
11 12 GND
C355 Vref2 N.C.
GND VCC 8
0.01uF Td1
U230 C3540.1uF
1 16 C356
X4 VDD
2
3
X6 X2
15
14 GND
5
SG Td2
10 220pF
E
X X1
4 13 GND
X7 X0
5 12
X5 X3
6 11 GND
INH A
7 10 R433
VEE B C353
8 9
VSS C 0.01uF

GND 10 GND
(4/17-E7) MTP1
(4/17-E7) MTP2
(4/17-E7) R432
MTP3

A5V 30

U231B
5
R431 D
7 R425 3.3k
6
47

R424 R430

10 62

R429
R423

75
30 C
R428
R422

91
47
R427
VCC
U229 C352 R421
1 16 0.1uF
X4 VDD
2 15 100
X6 X2
3 14 GND
X X1
4 13 62
X7 X0
5 12 R426
X5 X3
6 11
INH A
7 10 R420
VEE B
8 9
VSS C
100 B
GND 75

GND
R419

91

R418

100

R417 A
100

GND

6-30
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
+26V
Engine controller (16/17)
N F
NF209
Vcc

C361
C344
0.1uF
C345
10uF/50V 0.1uF
C360 F
U232 100uF/50V J201
1
GND Vcc2 1
2
(4/17-E7) 13 2
MTP12 Ain A 3
A5V C347 (4/17-E7) 14 3
MTP13 Bin A* 4
0.1uF (4/17-E7) 15 6
MTP14 A*in B 5
(4/17-E7) 16 7
GND MTP15 B*in B* 6
(4/17-F3) 5
D/A 1 7
7 R394 3.3k NC
R438 6
4
U226B PG
2M 9
Vref1
11 12 GND
GND C363 Vref2 N.C.
VCC 8
0.01uF Td1
U225 C343
1 16 0.1uF C362
2
X4
X6
VDD
X2
15 5
SG Td2
10 220pF E
3 14 GND
X X1 GND
4 13
X7 X0
5 12
X5 X3 GND
6 11 R393
INH A
7 10
VEE B C364
8 9
VSS C 0.01uF
10
GND GND
(4/17-E7) MTP9
(4/17-E7) MTP10
(4/17-E7) R392
MTP11

A5V 30

R391 D
3 U226A
1 R385 3.3k
2
47

R384 R390

10 62

R389
R383

30
75
C
R388
R382

91
47
R387
VCC
U224 C346 R381
1 16 0.1uF
X4 VDD
2 15 100
X6 X2 GND
3 14
X X1
4 13 62
X7 X0
5 12 R386
X5 X3
6 11
INH A
7 10 R380
VEE B
8
VSS C
9
100
B
GND 75

GND
R379

91

R378

100

R377
A

100

GND

6-31
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Engine controller (17/17)

3
U235
2 F

G
A OPPRDY (2/17-B1)
4
(2/17-A8) IPIXRDY Y
1
B OVENB (2/17-B1)

V
(10/17-C3) PIXCLK DREQ1N (2/17-F8)
VCC
(10/17-C3) VENB XCRCCK (9/17-F5)
C372

5
(1/17-D2) REDREQ1N XCRCDAT (9/17-F5)
(1/17-C2) REDREQ0N XCRCDET (9/17-F5)
0.1uF (1/17-C2)(6/17-B8) NF205
HLDT
N F
SYSTEM_CLK
(1/17-C1) C279
(2/17-F2) 0.1uF

144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120

109
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112

110
111
(3/17-F7)
(4/17-D2) GND

BPWR_REDRQ0N
BPRD_REDRQ1N
L244E_REVENB

DREQ2N
IMFRS_HLDTRG
VSS
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
VSS
CRCDET
CRCCK
OSUBH4

OSUBH1

VENBTSR
C168

AKOUT_REPXCK
FFF

CRCDT
INT4L_REPXRY

ASICMD1
ASICMD0
COMDIR

PCLK1
NC

NC

NC
COMDT
COMCK
IMFRD

CK20M

COMLT
VDD

VDD
C373
E
0.1uF 1 108
NC NC
2 107
VDD VSS
3 106
VSS VDD
(10/17-B1) 4 105
PIX[7..0] (2/17-F8) DREQ0N DQ0DQ0B32TS2 TRIN
5 104
(1/17-F3) DMA_CONTN DMC_B31_TS1 IMOAKRQ
6 103 (1/17-D2)(2/17-F2)(3/17-F7)(4/17-D2)
BEB30_TSSEL0 RESETN KILLERN
7 102
R297 47 FFF_B22_TD4 TLD
PIX7 8 101
A31PX7B21TD3 TMODE
PIX6 R296 47 9 100
A30PX6B20TD2 SMODE
PIX5 R295 47 10 99
47 A29PX5B12TD1 BCLK
PIX4 R294 11 98
A28PX4B11TD0 ACLK
PIX3 R293 47 12 97
R292 A27PX3B10TLD SDO
PIX2 47 13 96
A26_PX2_B02 SDI
PIX1 R291 47 14 95
R290 47 ADSL_PX1_B01 FWRHENB3TSC2 IPIXDT[7..0] (2/17-A8)
PIX0 15 94
DENL_PX0_B00 BENB31
R285 47 16 93
(10/17-C2) PIXRDY
17
BLT_PXRY_HLT LTCLK3
92 R454 47 IPIXDT7
(2/17-A8) OPIXCLK RDL_PXCK_HCK RP7_HSL31 R455 47
18
19
VDD
U208
RP6_HSL33
91
90
IPIXDT6 D
VSS VDD
20 89
(3/17-C1) HOLDTRG3
21
HOLDTRG3_HD3 VSS
88 R456 47 IPIXDT5
(3/17-C1) HOLDTRG2 ATP1HTG2HD2 RP5_HSL32
22 87
(3/17-C1) HOLDTRG1 ATP0HTG1HD1 DIRECT3
23 86
R284 (3/17-C1) HOLDTRG0
24
AKINHTG0HD0 BENB30
85 R457 47 IPIXDT4
(2/17-C8) IPLOTH BSYIPLOTHS1 RP4_HSL30
47 25 84
C271 DPXRDYH_HS0 IODATA3
26 83
1000pF BPINT_DRSEL2 DCLK3
(8/17-D7) 27 82
DRSL1 BPINT_DRSEL1 BDRHENB2TSC1
(8/17-D7) 28 81
DRSL0 BPINT_DRSEL0 BENB21
GND 29 80
30
DCLK4 LTCLK2
79 R458 47 IPIXDT3
31
IODATA4 RP3_HSL21
78 R459 47 IPIXDT2
32
DIRECT4 RP2_HSL23
77 R460 47 IPIXDT1
LTCLK4 RP1_HSL22
33 76
DK0HENB4TSC3 DIRECT2
34 75
VDD VSS
35 74

BENHENB1TSC0
NC VDD

IMBPCS_HENB0
36 73
NC NC
C

IMFEN_MPX2

RP0_HSL20
PT0_HSL00

PT2_HSL02
PT3_HSL03
PT1_HSL01

PT4_HSL10

PT6_HSL12
PT7_HSL13
PT5_HSL11
DIRECT0

DIRECT1
IODATA0

IODATA1

IODATA2
BENB00

BENB01

BENB10

BENB20
BENB11
LTCLK0

LTCLK1
DCLK0

DCLK1

DCLK2
VDD

VDD
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
NC
NC

NC
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
C375
0.1uF

GND
C374 R461 47 IPIXDT0
0.1uF

6-32
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

D. CARRIAGE CONTROLLER
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (1/8)

F
D504
26V 26VA VH1

IC515
1 Vin Vout 2
3 R561
GND ADJ 4 15kF
R503
1.2k,2W
D503
+ C502 C548
R501
C549 100u/50V 0.1u
0.1u 1.2k,2W
Q506
ZD504 R560
825F
E

HGND

(8/8-E2) H24VCNT

D506
VH2 VA
L5V

H5V
IC516
1 Vin Vout 2
D
3 ADJ 4
GND R567 Q507
15kF
D505
(8/8-E2) H5VCNT
+ C503 R502 JP502
C551 100u/50V C550
0.1u 0.1u 1.2k,2W

R568
825F

JP504 JP503

HGND GND AGND C


26VGND

L5V

R532
4.7k
R531
4.7k B
J509
(8/8-E2) LSA 4
3
(8/8-E2) LSB 2
1

LGND
A

6-33
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (2/8)

F
VH1 H5V VH2 H5V

J503 J505
HE1B HE1B
30 HENB0 (3/8-F2) 30 HENB2 (3/8-F3)
BE1 BE1
29 BE01 (3/8-F2) 29 BE21 (3/8-F3)
EVEN EVEN
28 EVEN0 (8/8-E7) 28 EVEN2 (8/8-E7)
LCLK LCLK
27 LTCLK0 (3/8-F8) 27 LTCLK2 (3/8-F4)
HS2A HS2A
26 HS2A0 (3/8-F7) 26 HS2A2 (3/8-F3)
HS1A HS1A
25 HS1A0 (3/8-F7) 25 HS1A2 (3/8-F3)
HS1B HS1B
24 HS1B0 (3/8-F7) 24 HS1B2 (3/8-F3)
RANK RANK
23 RANK0 (6/8-C4) 23 RANK2 (6/8-C4)
DIA DIA
22 DIA0 (5/8-E2)(6/8-E5) 22 DIA2 (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
DIR DIR
21 DIR0 (3/8-E7) 21 DIR2 (3/8-E3)
HE1A HE1A
20 20
BE0 BE0
19 BE00 (3/8-E7) 19 BE20 (3/8-E3)
ODD ODD
18
17
HS2B ODD0 (8/8-E6)
HS2B0 (3/8-E7)
18
17
HS2B
ODD2 (8/8-E6)
HS2B2 (3/8-E3)
E
LG LG
16 16
15 15
VDD VDD
14 14
HG HG
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
SUB SUB
9 SUB0 (5/8-F5) 9 SUB2 (5/8-D5)
8 8
VH VH
7 7
6 6
5 5
IDAT IDAT
4 4
DCLK DCLK
3 3
RES RES
2 HRESET (8/8-E2) 2 HRESET (8/8-E2)
DIK DIK
1 DIK0 (5/8-E2) IDATA0 (3/8-E8) 1 DIK2 (5/8-C2) IDATA2 (3/8-E4)
DCLK0 (3/8-E8) DCLK2 (3/8-E4)
D
HGND LGND HGND LGND
VH2 H5V VH2 H5V

J504 J506
HE1B HE1B
30 HENB1 (3/8-D7) 30 HENB3 (3/8-D3)
BE1 BE1
29 BE11 (3/8-D7) 29 BE31 (3/8-D3)
EVEN EVEN
28 EVEN1 (8/8-E7) 28 EVEN3 (8/8-E7)
LCLK LCLK
27 LTCLK1 (3/8-D8) 27 LTCLK3 (3/8-D4)
HS2A HS2A
26 HS2A1 (3/8-C7) 26 HS2A3 (3/8-C3)
HS1A HS1A
25 HS1A1 (3/8-C7) 25 HS1A3 (3/8-C3)
HS1B HS1B
24 HS1B1 (3/8-C7) 24 HS1B3 (3/8-C3)
RANK RANK
23 RANK1 (6/8-C4) 23 RANK3 (6/8-C4)
DIA DIA
22 DIA1 (5/8-D2)(6/8-E5) 22 DIA3 (5/8-C2)(6/8-E5)
DIR DIR
21 DIR1 (3/8-C7) 21 DIR3 (3/8-C3)
HE1A HE1A
20 20
BE0 BE0
19
18
ODD
ODD1 (8/8-E6)
BE10 (3/8-C7) 19
18
ODD
ODD3 (8/8-E6)
BE30 (3/8-C3) C
HS2B HS2B
17 HS2B1 (3/8-B7) 17 HS2B3 (3/8-B3)
LG LG
16 16
15 15
VDD VDD
14 14
HG HG
13 13
12 12
11 11
10 10
SUB SUB
9 SUB1 (5/8-E5) 9 SUB3 (5/8-C5)
8 8
VH VH
7 7
6 6
5 5
IDAT IDAT
4 4
DCLK DCLK
3 3
RES RES
2 HRESET (8/8-E2) 2 HRESET (8/8-E2)
DIK DIK
1 DIK1 (5/8-D2) IDATA1 (3/8-C8) 1 DIK3 (5/8-B2) IDATA3 (3/8-C4)
DCLK1 (3/8-B8) DCLK3 (3/8-B4) B

HGND LGND HGND LGND

6-34
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (3/8)

F
(2/8-F5) HENB0 HENB0 (4/8-B7) (2/8-F1) HENB2 HENB2 (4/8-D3)
R514 (2/8-F5) BE01 BE01 (4/8-B7) R511 (2/8-F1) BE21 BE21 (4/8-D3)
(2/8-E5) LTCLK0 LTCLK0 (4/8-B7) (2/8-E1) LTCLK2 LTCLK2 (4/8-D3)
33 (2/8-E5) HS2A0 HS2A0 (4/8-B7) 33 (2/8-E1) HS2A2 HS2A2 (4/8-D3)
C523 (2/8-E5) HS1A0 HS1A0 (4/8-B7) C520 (2/8-E1) HS1A2 HS1A2 (4/8-C3)
33p (2/8-E5) HS1B0 HS1B0 (4/8-B7) 33p (2/8-E1) HS1B2 HS1B2 (4/8-C3)

9
LGND LGND

RA506G

RA502G
RA503H

RA506H

RA502H
RA506E

RA502E

RA503B

RA504B
RA506F

RA502F
RA506A

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k
10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k
10 10

10

10
10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10 5

10
5

5
RA503G
RA507C

RA504C
RA507D

RA504D

RA504E
RA506B

RA507B

RA504F

RA503A
LGND LGND

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k
R575 R577
(2/8-D5) IDATA0 (2/8-D1) IDATA2 E

1
33 33
C552 C554
33p (2/8-E5) DIR0 DIR0 (4/8-B7) 33p (2/8-E1) DIR2 DIR2 (4/8-C3)
(2/8-E5) BE00 BE00 (4/8-B7) (2/8-E1) BE20 BE20 (4/8-B3)
(2/8-E5) HS2B0 HS2B0 (4/8-B7) (2/8-E1) HS2B2 HS2B2 (4/8-B3)
LGND R513 LGND R510
IDATA0 (4/8-B7) IDATA2 (4/8-B3)
(2/8-D5) DCLK0 DCLK0 (4/8-B7) (2/8-D1) DCLK2 DCLK2 (4/8-B3)
33 33
C522 C519
33p 33p

LGND LGND

(2/8-D5) HENB1 HENB1 (4/8-B3) (2/8-D1) HENB3 HENB3 (4/8-D3)


R512 (2/8-D5) BE11 BE11 (4/8-B3) R509 (2/8-D1) BE31 BE31 (4/8-D3)
(2/8-C5) LTCLK1 LTCLK1 (4/8-B3) (2/8-C1) LTCLK3 LTCLK3 (4/8-D3)
33 (2/8-C5) HS2A1 HS2A1 (4/8-B3) 33 (2/8-C1) HS2A3 HS2A3 (4/8-D3)
C521 (2/8-C5) HS1A1 HS1A1 (4/8-B3) C518 (2/8-C1) HS1A3 HS1A3 (4/8-D3)
33p (2/8-C5) HS1B1 HS1B1 (4/8-B3) 33p (2/8-C1) HS1B3 HS1B3 (4/8-D3)
8

6
LGND LGND
RA504G

RA505C

RA501C
RA504H

RA505D

RA503D

RA501D

RA501E
RA505B

RA501B
RA503F

RA501A
10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k
10 10

10 10

10 10

10

10

5 10

5 10

5 10

5
C

10
5

5
RA505G

RA501G

RA503C
RA505H

RA501H

RA502D
RA505E

RA503E
RA505F

RA501F
LGND LGND
10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k

10k
R576 R578
(2/8-B5) IDATA1 (2/8-B1) IDATA3
6

3
33 33
C553 C555
33p (2/8-C5) DIR1 DIR1 (4/8-B3) 33p (2/8-C1) DIR3 DIR3 (4/8-D3)
(2/8-C5) BE10 BE10 (4/8-B3) (2/8-C1) BE30 BE30 (4/8-D3)
(2/8-C5) HS2B1 HS2B1 (4/8-B3) (2/8-C1) HS2B3 HS2B3 (4/8-D3)
LGND R515 LGND R508
IDATA1 (4/8-B3) IDATA3 (4/8-D3)
(2/8-B5) DCLK1 DCLK1 (4/8-B3) (2/8-B1) DCLK3 DCLK3 (4/8-D3)
33 33
C524 C517
33p 33p

LGND LGND
B

6-35
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (4/8)
COM_DIR (8/8-C5)
COM_DAT (8/8-D7)
COM_CLK (8/8-C7)
COM_LT (8/8-C5)
CRC_CLK (8/8-C5)
CRC_DAT (8/8-C5)
OSUBH1
(5/8-D7) XSUBH1
OSUBH4
CRC_DET (8/8-D7) F

COM_DIR
SUBH4 TRI_ENBN (8/8-C5)

COM_CLK

CRC_DET
COM_DAT

CRC_CLK
CRC_DAT

TRI_ENBN
COM_LT
Y501 L5V
R505 (10.245MHz) IC517

CLK
C508 L5V 1 8
0.1u 33 x1 oe NF503
NF502 NF
2 7
NF C507 x2 gnd

144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120

109
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112

110
111
330p C570 C571 C506
LGND 3 6
16p 16p fs3 vcc 0.01u
IC503
4 5

BPWR_REDRQ0N
BPRD_REDRQ1N
L244E_REVENB
IMFRS_HLDTRG

DREQ2N
VSS
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
VSS
CRCDET
CRCCK
OSUBH4

OSUBH1

C168

VENBTSR
AKOUT_REPXCK
FFF

INT4L_REPXRY

CRCDT
ASICMD1
ASICMD0
COMDIR

PCLK1
NC

NC

NC
COMDT
COMCK
IMFRD

CK20M
fs4 clkout

COMLT
VDD

VDD
C513

L5V
0.1u LGND
1 108 R504
NC NC
2 107
3
VDD
VSS
VSS
VDD
106
2.2k
E
BENB32 4 105
(8/8-D5) BENB32 DQ0DQ0B32TS2 TRIN
BENB31 5 104 IC501
(8/8-D5) BENB31 DMC_B31_TS1 IMOAKRQ
(8/8-D5) BENB30 6 103 RESETN 1 3
BENB30 BEB30_TSSEL0 RESETN OUT VCC
BENB22 7 102
(8/8-D5) BENB22 FFF_B22_TD4 TLD C505
BENB21 8 101 2 4
(8/8-D5) BENB21 A31PX7B21TD3 TMODE MAN GND 0.01u
BENB20 9 100
(8/8-D5) BENB20 A30PX6B20TD2 SMODE
BENB12 10 99
(8/8-D5) BENB12 A29PX5B12TD1 BCLK
BENB11 11 98
(8/8-D5) BENB11 A28PX4B11TD0 ACLK
BENB10 12 97
(8/8-D5) BENB10 A27PX3B10TLD SDO
BENB02 13 96
(8/8-D5) BENB02 A26_PX2_B02 SDI
(8/8-D5) BENB01 14 95 HENB3 LGND
BENB01 ADSL_PX1_B01 FWRHENB3TSC2 HENB3 (3/8-D1)
(8/8-D5) BENB00 15 94 BE31
BENB00 DENL_PX0_B00 BENB31 BE31 (3/8-D1)
HLTCLK 16 93 LTCLK3
(8/8-D2) HLTCLK BLT_PXRY_HLT LTCLK3 LTCLK3 (3/8-D1)
HDCLK 17 92 HS2A3
(8/8-D2) HDCLK RDL_PXCK_HCK RP7_HSL31 HS2A3 (3/8-C1)
18 91 HS1A3
VDD RP6_HSL33 HS1A3 (3/8-C1)
19 90
VSS VDD
HDAT3 20 89
(8/8-D2) HDAT3 HOLDTRG3_HD3 VSS
HDAT2 21 88 HS1B3
(8/8-D2)
(8/8-D2)
HDAT2
HDAT1
HDAT1 22
ATP1HTG2HD2
ATP0HTG1HD1
RP5_HSL32
DIRECT3
87 DIR3
HS1B3
DIR3
(3/8-C1)
(3/8-C1)
D
(8/8-D2) HDAT0 23 86 BE30
HDAT0 AKINHTG0HD0 BENB30 BE30 (3/8-C1)
(8/8-D2) HSEL1 24 85 HS2B3
HSEL1 BSYIPLOTHS1 RP4_HSL30 HS2B3 (3/8-B1)
(8/8-D2) HSEL0 25 84 IDATA3
HSEL0 DPXRDYH_HS0 IODATA3 IDATA3 (3/8-B1)
JP501 SUBH1 26 83 DCLK3
(8/8-D4) SUBH1 BPINT_DRSEL2 DCLK3 DCLK3 (3/8-B1)
27 82 HENB2
BPINT_DRSEL1 BDRHENB2TSC1 HENB2 (3/8-F1)
28 81 BE21
BPINT_DRSEL0 BENB21 BE21 (3/8-F1)
DCLK4 29 80 LTCLK2
DCLK4 DCLK4 LTCLK2 LTCLK2 (3/8-F1)
IDATA4 30 79 HS2A2
IDATA4 IODATA4 RP3_HSL21 HS2A2 (3/8-F1)
DIR4 31 78 HS1A2
DIR4 DIRECT4 RP2_HSL23 HS1A2 (3/8-F1)
LTCLK4 32 77 HS1B2
LTCLK4 LTCLK4 RP1_HSL22 HS1B2 (3/8-F1)
HENB4 33 76 DIR2
HENB4 DK0HENB4TSC3 DIRECT2 DIR2 (3/8-E1)
34 75
VDD VSS
35 74

BENHENB1TSC0
NC VDD

IMBPCS_HENB0
36 73
NC NC

IMFEN_MPX2

RP0_HSL20
PT0_HSL00

PT2_HSL02
PT3_HSL03
PT1_HSL01

PT4_HSL10

PT6_HSL12
PT7_HSL13
PT5_HSL11
L5V
DIRECT0

DIRECT1
IODATA0

IODATA1

IODATA2
BENB00

BENB01

BENB10

BENB20
BENB11
C514
LTCLK0

LTCLK1
DCLK0

DCLK1

DCLK2
NF501
C

VDD

VDD
NF
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
NC
NC

NC
0.1u
LGND
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
LGND
C515

BE20
LTCLK0

LTCLK1
0.1u
HENB0

HENB1
DCLK0

DCLK1

DCLK2
IDATA0

IDATA1

IDATA2
HS2B0

HS1B0

HS2B1

HS1B1

HS2B2
HS1A0
HS2A0

HS1A1
HS2A1
BE00

BE01

BE10

BE11
DIR0

DIR1

BE20 (3/8-E1)
LGND
HS2B2 (3/8-E1)
(3/8-E5) DCLK0 IDATA2 (3/8-E1)
(3/8-E5) IDATA0 DCLK2 (3/8-E1)
(3/8-E5) HS2B0
(3/8-E5) BE00 HENB1 (3/8-D5)
(3/8-E5) DIR0 BE11 (3/8-D5)
(3/8-F5) HS1B0 LTCLK1 (3/8-D5)
(3/8-F5)
(3/8-F5)
HS1A0
HS2A0
HS2A1
HS1A1
(3/8-C5)
(3/8-C5)
B
(3/8-F5) LTCLK0 HS1B1 (3/8-C5)
(3/8-F5) BE01 DIR1 (3/8-C5)
(3/8-F5) HENB0 BE10 (3/8-C5)
HS2B1 (3/8-B5)
IDATA1 (3/8-B5)
DCLK1 (3/8-B5)

6-36
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (5/8)

F
H5V
VA

SUB0
SUB0 (2/8-E6)
R541
22kF
R553 Q505 IC509A
SUBH0
(8/8-D4) SUBH0 3
470
1 DIA0
2 DIA0 (2/8-E6)(6/8-E5)
R540
R552
2kF DIK0
DIK0 (2/8-D6)
2.2k
C532
R539 E
10kF
HGND AGND 0.1u

SUB1
SUB1 (2/8-B6)
AGND AGND

R533 Q503 IC509B


XSUBH1
(4/8-F8) XSUBH1 5
470
7 DIA1
6 DIA1 (2/8-C6)(6/8-E5)

R534
DIK1
DIK1 (2/8-B6)
2.2k
R537
10kF
HGND D
SUB2
SUB2 (2/8-E3) AGND

R517 Q502 IC509D


SUBH2
(8/8-D4) SUBH2 12
470
14 DIA2
13 DIA2 (2/8-E3)(6/8-E5)
R516
DIK2 (2/8-D3)
DIK2
2.2k
R535
10kF
HGND

SUB3
SUB3 (2/8-B3)
C
AGND

R506 Q501 IC509C


(8/8-D4) SUBH3
SUBH3 10
470
8 DIA3
9 DIA3 (2/8-C3)(6/8-E5)

R507
DIK3
DIK3 (2/8-B3)
2.2k
R536
10kF
HGND

AGND
DI_GND
DI_GND
B

6-37
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (6/8)

26VA

R529
L5V C529
C527
33kF
0.1u IC508A
0.1u 2 R526 IC508D
AGND 1 13
3 14
1.3kF DISNS (8/8-C4)
12
IC506 VA
1 16
2
X4
X6
VDD
X2
15 DIA2
DIA2 (2/8-E3)(5/8-C2)
E
3 14 DIA1 C528 R525
X X1 DIA1 (2/8-C6)(5/8-D2)
4 13 DIA0 680p
X7 X0 DIA0 (2/8-E6)(5/8-E2) 13kF
DIA4 5 12 DIA3
DIA4 X5 X3 DIA3 (2/8-C3)(5/8-C2)
HOLDTRG 6 11 DRSEL0
(8/8-D7) HOLDTRG INH A
7 10 DRSEL1
VEE B
8 9 DRSEL2 AGND
VSS C

R524
2.2kF

AGND
AGND

D
L5V L5V

R551
C525 R521 R519 R518 R520
15kF
1.0kB 1.0kB 1.0kB 1.0kB
IC508B
0.1u 6 R550 IC508C
7 9
5 8
3.6kF RANK (8/8-C4)
10
IC505
1 16
2
X4
X6
VDD
X2
15 RANK2
RANK2 (2/8-E3)
C
3 14 RANK1 C530 L5V
X X1 RANK1 (2/8-C6)
4 13 RANK0 680p
X7 X0 RANK0 (2/8-E6)
RANK4 5 12 RANK3 R527 R528
RANK4 X5 X3 RANK3 (2/8-C3)
6 11 DRSEL0
INH A
7 10 DRSEL1
VEE B 20kB 20kB
8 9 DRSEL2 AGND
VSS C

AGND

DRSEL[0..2]
DRSEL[0..2] (8) (8/8-D3)
LGND

6-38
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (7/8)

F
IC513A
26VA L5V 2
1
REGOUT (8/8-C4)
3

R569
33k

J510 VA L5V
LEDB C531
8 LEDB (7/8-C2) R543
7 LEDR (7/8-C5)
LEDR
6 33kF
5 REGOUT 0.01u
R523
4
POUT 10k
3 POUT (8/8-C4) R545
THERM
2
1
THERM (8/8-C4)
51kF
R585 E
0 2 IC511A
IC513C 1
IC513B REGSEN (8/8-E2)
9 3
R546 IC513D 6 D502 8
R549
AGND 13 7 10
14 5
2.2k
13kF 12 26VA
R547 C533
L5V 2kF
R548 C535
2.2M 0.47u,3216 0.1u
R544 AGND
26VA 15kF

IC511B
AGND C534 6
AGND AGND 7 D
5
0.1u
AGND

AGND

C539 C538

0.1u 0.1u C
R557 R556

15kF 15kF
IC512A IC512B
R558 ZD506 R559 ZD505
2 R573 6 R572
(8/8-D4) REGLEDR (8/8-D4) REGLEDB
1 7
3.3kF LEDR (7/8-E7) 3.3kF LEDB (7/8-E7)
3 5
200,1/2W,5025 270,1/2W,5025
L5V L5V

C537

0.1u
26VA AGND
B

6-39
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Carriage controller (8/8)

5V 26V
J501 J502
24V
40 40
39 39
ODD0 (2/8-E6) + C504
38 ODD0 38 100u/50V
ODD1 24VGND
37
36
ODD2
ODD1
ODD2
(2/8-C6)
(2/8-E3)
37
36
E
ODD3 (2/8-C3)
35 ODD3 35
HRESET
34 34 HRESET (2/8-B3)(2/8-B6)(2/8-D3)(2/8-D6)
EVEN0 LSA
33 EVEN0 (2/8-F6) 33 LSA (1/8-B7)
EVEN1 LSB 26VGND
32 EVEN1 (2/8-C6) 32 LSB (1/8-B7)
EVEN2 GND REGSEN
31 EVEN2 (2/8-F3) C572 C573 C574 C575 C576 C577 31 REGSEN (7/8-E2)
EVEN3 REGHOLD
30 EVEN3 (2/8-C3) 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 30
H5VCNT
29 29 H5VCNT (1/8-D3)
R5VCNT
28 28
BENB00 H24VCNT
27 BENB00 (4/8-D7) 27 H24VCNT (1/8-D7)
BENB01 DRSEL0 (6/8-B4)
26 BENB01 (4/8-D7) 26 DRSEL0
BENB02 DRSEL1 (6/8-B4)
25 BENB02 (4/8-D7) 25 DRSEL1
BENB10 DRSEL2 (6/8-B4) R580
24 BENB10 (4/8-D7) 24 DRSEL2
BENB11 HSEL0_
23 BENB11 (4/8-E7) 23 HSEL0 (4/8-D7)
BENB12 HSEL1_
22 BENB12 (4/8-E7) 22 33 R581
BENB20 HDAT0_
21 BENB20 (4/8-E7) 21 HSEL1 (4/8-D7)
BENB21 HDAT1_
20 BENB21 (4/8-E7) 20 R566 33
BENB22 HDAT2_
19 BENB22 (4/8-E7) 19 HDAT0 (4/8-D7)
BENB30 HDAT3_
18
17
BENB31
BENB30
BENB31
(4/8-E7)
(4/8-E7)
18
17
HDCLK_
33 R565
HDAT1 (4/8-D7)
D
BENB32 HLTCLK_
16 BENB32 (4/8-E7) 16 R564 33
SUBH0 (5/8-E7)
15 15 SUBH0 HDAT2 (4/8-D7)
HOLDTRG (6/8-E7) SUBH1 (4/8-D7)
14 HOLDTRG 14 SUBH1 33 R563
SUBH2 (5/8-D7)
13 C578 C579 C580 C581 C582 C583 13 SUBH2 HDAT3 (4/8-D7)
MPX2 SUBH3 (5/8-C7)
12 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 12 SUBH3 R562 33
CRCD_DET (4/8-F3)
11 CRC_DET 11 HDCLK (4/8-D7)
REGLEDR
10 10 REGLEDR (7/8-C8) 33 R582
COM_DAT REGLEDB 5V
9 COM_DAT (4/8-F3) 9 REGLEDB (7/8-C4) HLTCLK (4/8-D7)
COM_CLK
8 COM_CLK (4/8-F3) 8 33
COM_LT GND (4/8-F3) POUT (7/8-E7)
7 COM_LT 7 POUT
COM_DIR REGOUT (7/8-F6)
6 COM_DIR (4/8-F3) 6 REGOUT
CRC_CLK RANK (6/8-C1) C556
5 CRC_CLK (4/8-F3) 5 RANK
CRC_DAT THERM (7/8-E7)
4 CRC_DAT (4/8-F3) 4 THERM
TRI_ENBN DISNS (6/8-E2) C557
3 TRI_ENBN (4/8-F3) 3 DISNS 220p
2 2
1 1 C544
220p

C584
82p
C585 C586 C587 C588 C589 C590 C591 R584 GND 220p
C543
C
220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 220p 10k 5V C542
220p
C541
L5V 220p
GND C540
GND R530 220p
C558
220p
10kF
220p

GND LGND

5V L5V

L501
B
+ C501
100u/16V

GND

LGND

6-40
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

E. PAPER SENSOR
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Paper sensor

+26V

LED2 J510
LEDB
1
LEDR
2
+26V
3
REGOUT
+5V
4
5
E
LED1 POUT
6
THERM
7
GND
8

C2

100p
R1

1.1M D
R2 R3
PD1 22k 680
IC1B
6
+5V 7
5

C1

0.1u

C
PT1 TH1

IC1A
2
1
3

GND

6-41
BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 Part 6: Circuit Diagram

F. OPERATIN PANEL CONTROLLER


8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN701
Operation panel controller
24
NC.
23 VCC
NC.
22
PKEY0
21
PKEY1

PKEY2
20

19
VCC F
PKEY3
18
PKEY4
FG701 VCC
17 D701 D701 D704
PKEY5
U701

4
3
16 JP701
BUZZER R727 R728 R729 R701 R702 R703 DIODE SW701 DIODE SW702 DIODE SW703

0.1uF
C702
15 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 1K 1K 1K D705 C701

0.1uF
RSV1

C704
0

3
14 GND 22uF
VSS
DIODE

2
13 GND GND
PLED0
12 D702 D702 D704 GND
PLED1

3
11
PLED2
DIODE SW704 DIODE SW705 DIODE SW706

2
10
PLED3 CN704
9 2
PLED4 2
GND
8 1
PLED5 1
7 D703 D703 D705
PLED6
E

4
6 GND
PLED7
DIODE SW707 DIODE SW708 DIODE SW709

1
5
PLED8
4
PLED9
3
RSV2
2
NC.
1
NC.

CN702
22
NC.
21
RSV3
20
VSS
19 PDAT0
PDAT0
18 PDAT1
PDAT1

PDAT2
17

16
PDAT2

PDAT3
D
PDAT3

2
15
VSS
14 PDAT4 LED701 LED702 LED703 LED704 LED705 LED706 LED707 LED708 LED709 LED710
PDAT4

1
13 PDAT5
PDAT5
12 PDAT6
PDAT6 R705 R706 R707 R708 R709 R710 R711 R712 R713 R714
11 PDAT7 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330
PDAT7
10
VSS
9
LCDE
8 Q701 Q702 Q703 Q704 Q705 Q706 Q707 Q708 Q709 Q710
VEE
7
RS
VCC
6
VSS
5
R/W R730 R731 GND
4 4.7K 4.7K

CPURSTL
VSS
3 CN703 LCD701 VCC
C
1
1 1 GND

2
2
PVCC
2
2 2 VCC
1 C703
NC. LED711
3
0.1uF 3 3 VEE

1
4
4 4 RS
5 L C D
5 5 R/W R718
6 330
6 6 LCDE
PDAT0 7
7 7 PDAT0
GND
PDAT1 8
8 8 PDAT1
PDAT2 9 Q711
9 9 PDAT2
PDAT3 10
10 10 PDAT3
PDAT4 11
11 11 PDAT4
PDAT5 12 GND
12 12 PDAT5
PDAT6

PDAT7
13 13
13

14
PDAT6 B
14 14 PDAT7
VCC
SW710

R704 R719 R720 R721 R722 R723 R724 R725 R726


6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K 6.8K
4.7K C706
0.01uF

GND GND
GND

VCC R716 R717 C705


10K 130K BUZ701
1000pF
R715
1K U701B U701A 9
U701C
12
U701D + A
6 3 10 13 1 2
C V VCC
4 1 8 11
5 2

6-42
APPENDIX

MENU GUIDE ......................................................... A-1


BJ-W3000 / BJ-W3050 APPENDIX

MENU GUIDE

Menu Guide Service Mode Menu


*3 SERVICE MODE
Normal Menu A B C
Printing Menu
DISPLAY
Main menu Emulation Line Type Interface Setup Main Menu
PRINT INF
Auto Sense RS-232C
Print Operation Line Intersect
Yes
HP-GL Print Operation
No
Abort Print HP-GL/2+RTL Overlay Baud Rate Abort Print SYSTEM
Buffer Clear HP RTL Merge 2400bps Buffer Clear
Replot TYPE: Ax
Force Print Line Shading 38400bps Head Cleaning TMP: 000.0˚C
Head Cleaning Pen Setup On H-TMP K1:000.0˚C
Data Bit-Parity All H-TMP K2:000.0˚C
Off Black
All 7none H-TMP C: 000.0˚C
Select Table New Tank
Black 7even H-TMP M: 000.0˚C
Software Plot Layout
New Tank 7odd H-TMP Y: 000.0˚C
Pen Table 1 Force Cutting
8none P-SIZE X:0000.00
Force Cutting Pen Table 2 Auto Layout Yes P-SIZE Y:0000.00
8even
Pen Table 3 Off No
Yes 8odd WARNING
No Nesting
Modify Table Handshake Auto Cut 01: Wxxxxx
Media Save
Adjustment
Best Hardware Cut Type
Pen Table 1 20: Wxxxxx
Auto Adjust Xon/Xoff
Scale *2 Cut
Auto Band-Adj. EOP Timer ERROR
Pen 100% Cut Line
No Cut 01: Exxxxx
0 10 seconds
Print Mode 999% 30 seconds
Drying Time 20: Exxxxx
15 1% 1 minute
Print Quality *1 2 minutes Off ADJUST
Width 99% 5 minutes Auto
Normal
1 Auto 10 minutes 30 seconds PRINT PATTERN
Enhanced
2 30 minutes 1 minute Scale
Hi-Resolution Rotation
3 60 minutes Test Print
Draft
4 0 60 minutes
Color/Mono 5 90 X-SCALE
System Setup Interface Setup
Color 7 180
-32
Mono 9 270
Auto Language
EOP Timer 0
Media setup 31 *2 English(mm)
Y-Mirror 10 seconds
Color English(inch) 32
Roll/Cut Sheet *1 Off 30 seconds
0 On Francais 1 minute FUNCTION
Roll Media 2 minutes
Cut Sheet Deutsch
255 Layout Size 5 minutes PANEL LED/LCD
Italiano
Media Type *1 Espanol 10 minutes
Join ISO-A PANEL KEY
Svenska 30 minutes
Plain Paper ISO-B
1 60 minutes
Coated Paper JIS-B COUNTER
2 Auto Adjust Mode
Tracing Pape
3 System Setup W-INK: 000000
Film User On
Off *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
Margin r *1 9 User Size Language
Feed Priority T-PLOT: 000000
Normal Pen Table 2
Length Print Length English(mm) *Carriage driving time
Large
80mm Band Joint English(inch)
Copy *1 (*Same as Pen Table 1)
Reset Defaults Francais
1 18000mm INITIALIZE
Pen Table 3 Deutsch
Yes Italiano
99 Width No W-INK: 000000
Espanol
Auto Cut (*Same as Pen Table 1) 80mm Svenska *Dot count value(Indicated value x ten thousand)
Information
Cut Type Reset Table 627mm (914mm) I/C: Ver. Auto Adjust Mode T-PLOT: 000000
I/Boot: Ver. *Carriage driving time
Cut Pen Table 1 Nesting Timer E/C: Ver. On
Cut Line Pen Table 2 E/Boot: Ver. Off
30 seconds I/C EEPROM
No Cut Pen Table 3 E/Slv: Ver. Feed Priority
All Pen Table 1 minute E/C EEPROM
Drying Time *1 2 minutes Memory
Error Print Length
5 minutes Band Joint
Off : Indicates the main menu or menu
Auto 10 minutes
Information (Select the item moving the up or down arrow key.)
30 seconds 30 minutes SERVICE MODE *3
60 minutes I/C: Ver. (The halftone items are indicated only in the roll media mode.)
1 minute *1: Can be set in printer driver property , and the setting for
2 minutes I/Boot: Ver.
A E/C: Ver. them are taken priority to the operation panel setting when
5 minutes Internal Print printing through the driver .
10 minutes E/Boot: Ver.
Demonstration E/Slv: Ver. *2: Can be set in printer driver property ,both setting of plotter
Menu Map Memory driver and operation panel for them reflect on printing.
60 minutes
Color Palette Error *3:The service mode menu is indicated only the printer is started in
B C Setup List the service mode.
Nozzle Check
Dump Mode xxx : Indicates set value.
xxx *Press the right or left arrow key to accept the set value.
xxx *Press the ENTER key to accept or execute the selection.
*(Underlined items are indicated only in the cut sheet media
mode.)

A-1
This document is printed
on 100% recycled paper.

PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON) CANON INC.

You might also like